diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-AvailabilityAddressSpace.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-AvailabilityAddressSpace.md index 838c126e41..0b3ba1cce0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-AvailabilityAddressSpace.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-AvailabilityAddressSpace.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ In Exchange Online, this example sets up the sharing of free/busy information wi ### -AccessMethod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AccessMethod parameter specifies how the free/busy data is accessed. Valid values are: @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForestName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ForestName parameter specifies the SMTP domain name of the target forest that contains the users you're trying to read free/busy information from. If users are distributed among multiple SMTP domains in the target forest, run the Add-AvailabilityAddressSpace command once for each SMTP domain. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Credentials -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Credentials parameter specifies the username and password that's used to access the Availability services in the target forest. @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetAutodiscoverEpr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetAutodiscoverEpr parameter specifies the Autodiscover URL of Exchange Web Services for the external organization that you're trying to read free/busy information from. For example, `https://contoso.com/autodiscover/autodiscover.xml`. Exchange uses Autodiscover to automatically detect the correct server endpoint for external requests. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetServiceEpr -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetTenantId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-DistributionGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-DistributionGroupMember.md index 27ef056242..88e8fc7287 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-DistributionGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-DistributionGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example adds John Evans to the distribution group named Staff. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Member -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Member parameter specifies the recipient that you want to add to the group. A member can be any mail-enabled recipient in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-ManagementRoleEntry.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-ManagementRoleEntry.md index 711946c26d..682fad805d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-ManagementRoleEntry.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-ManagementRoleEntry.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ In on-premises Exchange, this example adds the MailboxAudit script with the Depa ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role entry that you want to add. This parameter uses the syntax: `Management role\role entry name` (for example, `CustomRole\Set-Mailbox`). @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ParentRoleEntry -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ParentRoleEntry parameter specifies the role entry in the parent role to add to the role specified with the Role parameter. This parameter generally isn't used directly, but exists to enable the piping of role entries from the Get-ManagementRoleEntry cmdlet. If you use the ParentRoleEntry parameter, you can't use the UnScopedTopLevel switch. @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Role -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Role parameter specifies the role to which the new role entry, specified by the ParentRoleEntry parameter, is added. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Overwrite -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Overwrite switch causes existing role entries to be overwritten by the role entries being added. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Parameters parameter specifies the parameters to be included in the role being added. The parameters specified must exist on the cmdlet associated with the role entry. You can specify multiple parameters, separated with commas. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Type parameter specifies the type of role entry being added. The valid values are Cmdlet, Script and ApplicationPermission. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-RoleGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-RoleGroupMember.md index 707667d281..61351f68ee 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-RoleGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-RoleGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ This example adds the Training Assistants USG to the Training Administrators rol ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group to add a member to. If the role group name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Member -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Member parameter specifies who you want to add to the role group. You can specify the following types of users or groups (security principals) for this parameter: @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-UnifiedGroupLinks.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-UnifiedGroupLinks.md index 4e1ade63bf..bd6e550376 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-UnifiedGroupLinks.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Add-UnifiedGroupLinks.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ This example shows how to add bulk members to a Microsoft 365 Group. Mailboxes w ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Microsoft 365 Group. For example: @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Links -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Links parameter specifies the recipients to add to the Microsoft 365 Group. You specify whether these recipients are members, owners, or subscribers by using the LinkType parameter. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LinkType parameter specifies the recipient's role in the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to add. Valid values are: @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Delete-QuarantineMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Delete-QuarantineMessage.md index eaa566a1f2..5392d614c0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Delete-QuarantineMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Delete-QuarantineMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ This example deletes all quarantined messages. The Identity parameter is require ### -Identities -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identities parameter identifies quarantined messages for bulk operations. You identify the messages by using the syntax: `value1,value2...valueN`. Each value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to delete. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HardDelete -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HardDelete switch specifies the message is permanently deleted and isn't recoverable. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-AntiPhishRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-AntiPhishRule.md index 3773a17e34..006ba94830 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-AntiPhishRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-AntiPhishRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example disables the antiphish rule named Engineering Department Phishing R ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish rule that you want to disable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md index 0a8a006a20..71fb44c219 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ In organizations with Defender for Office 365, this example turns off the Standa ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to disable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-HostedContentFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-HostedContentFilterRule.md index bc31eef052..471a751646 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-HostedContentFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-HostedContentFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example disables the enabled spam filter rule named Contoso Recipients. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter rule that you want to disable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md index 4b73d2012f..cdd3aa593a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example disables the enabled outbound spam filter rule named Contoso Execut ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter rule that you want to disable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-Mailbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-Mailbox.md index 273ce9e0bd..f343c0d7e2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-Mailbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-Mailbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ This example disables the remote archive for the on-premises user named John Woo ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to mailbox-disable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Archive -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Archive switch specifies whether to disconnect the archive mailbox from the associated user. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-MalwareFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-MalwareFilterRule.md index 28433ca829..7a6bf4881f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-MalwareFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-MalwareFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example disables the enabled malware filter rule named Contoso Recipients. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter rule that you want to disable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter rule. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-TransportRule.md index 46e2f40a3a..2021d852e5 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Disable-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example disables the rule named Sales Disclaimer. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to disable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-AntiPhishRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-AntiPhishRule.md index 9cd62cc3f6..1d5847b54a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-AntiPhishRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-AntiPhishRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example enables the antiphish rule named Marketing Department Phishing Rule ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish rule that you want to enable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md index a71a9634b9..f02f1c83ec 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ In organizations with Defender for Office 365, this example turns on the Standar ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to enable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-HostedContentFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-HostedContentFilterRule.md index 3bed2ac086..9a14f7766a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-HostedContentFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-HostedContentFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example enables the disabled spam filter rule named Contoso Recipients. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter rule that you want to enable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md index 4db53e86eb..f637e3ec5c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example enables the disabled outbound spam filter rule named Contoso Execut ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter rule that you want to enable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-Mailbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-Mailbox.md index c29fa8ab72..d7cbea07cd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-Mailbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-Mailbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ This example creates a remote archive for the existing on-premises user named Ay ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the user or InetOrgPerson object that you want to mailbox-enable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the user. For example: @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Archive -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Archive switch creates an archive mailbox for an existing user that already has a mailbox. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ArchiveName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ArchiveName parameter specifies the name of the archive mailbox. This is the name displayed to users in Outlook on the web (formerly known as Outlook Web App). If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoExpandingArchive -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoleAssignmentPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoleAssignmentPolicy parameter specifies the management role assignment policy that's assigned to the mailbox. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -1070,7 +1070,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-MalwareFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-MalwareFilterRule.md index d22115dc1d..f2fa8f3773 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-MalwareFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-MalwareFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example enables the disabled malware filter rule named Contoso Recipients. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter rule that you want to enable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter rule. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-OrganizationCustomization.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-OrganizationCustomization.md index 92019b3cd6..fd78f93bbd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-OrganizationCustomization.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-OrganizationCustomization.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This example runs the command as required. ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-TransportRule.md index 7cda6c6bb0..68bf8feb79 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Enable-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example enables the transport rule named "Require approval of messages to c ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to enable. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Mode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Mode parameter specifies how the rule operates after it's enabled. Valid values are: @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Export-QuarantineMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Export-QuarantineMessage.md index 35f41b70aa..055ca86196 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Export-QuarantineMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Export-QuarantineMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ This example exports the specified message with attachments that was quarantined ### -Identities -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identities parameter identifies quarantined messages for bulk operations. You identify the messages by using the syntax: `value1,value2...valueN`. Each value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to export. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CompressOutput -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CompressOutput switch exports the message as a compressed .zip file. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceConversionToMime -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ForceConversionToMime switch converts exported plain text messages to MIME formatting. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Password -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Password parameter specifies the password that's required to open the exported message. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PasswordV2 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PasswordV2 parameter specifies the plain text value of the password that's required to open the exported message. Enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, `''`). @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReasonForExport -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReasonForExport parameter specifies why the message was exported. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Export-TransportRuleCollection.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Export-TransportRuleCollection.md index 2166bad553..0763a7da57 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Export-TransportRuleCollection.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Export-TransportRuleCollection.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ You need to run these commands in this example on an Exchange 2010 Hub Transport ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Format -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ATPTotalTrafficReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ATPTotalTrafficReport.md index 8bb4dffcdc..7174a3107c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ATPTotalTrafficReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ATPTotalTrafficReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This example returns data for the last 5 days. ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AggregateBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AggregateBy parameter specifies the reporting period. Valid values are Hour, Day or Summary. The default value is Day. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas, or the value All. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SummarizeBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SummarizeBy parameter returns totals based on the values you specify. If your report filters data using any of the values accepted by this parameter, you can use the SummarizeBy parameter to summarize the results based on those values. To decrease the number of rows returned in the report, consider using the SummarizeBy parameter. Summarizing reduces the amount of data that's retrieved for the report, and delivers the report faster. For example, instead of seeing each instance of a specific value of EventType on an individual row in the report, you can use the SummarizeBy parameter to see the total number of instances of that value of EventType on one row in the report. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AcceptedDomain.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AcceptedDomain.md index b9b99aa968..ebf5a2ef52 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AcceptedDomain.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AcceptedDomain.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example lists all the authoritative accepted domains in your organization. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies a string value for the accepted domain. Enter either the GUID or the name of the accepted domain. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AccessToCustomerDataRequest.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AccessToCustomerDataRequest.md index 995c951c19..a3118a965a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AccessToCustomerDataRequest.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AccessToCustomerDataRequest.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This example returns detailed information the Customer Lockbox request EXSR12345 ### -ApprovalStatus -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ApprovalStatus parameter filters the results by approval status. Valid values are: @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CreatedAfter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CreatedAfter parameter filters the results by the creation date in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequestId parameter filters the results by reference number (for example, EXSR123456). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AdminAuditLogConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AdminAuditLogConfig.md index 3fccbc3e61..4b81721696 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AdminAuditLogConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AdminAuditLogConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AdministrativeUnit.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AdministrativeUnit.md index a41a2c9a9b..29d9b3090a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AdministrativeUnit.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AdministrativeUnit.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the administrative unit with the ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the administrative unit that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the administrative unit. For example: @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AntiPhishPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AntiPhishPolicy.md index 65a12ac746..d36a533467 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AntiPhishPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AntiPhishPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example shows detailed information about the antiphish policy named Office ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish policy that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Spoof -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Spoof switch filters the properties that are returned to the spoof settings in the policy. For example: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AntiPhishRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AntiPhishRule.md index aa5aecbc85..0cfdd31b6c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AntiPhishRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AntiPhishRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the antiphish rule named Researc ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -State -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The State parameter filters the results by the state of the rule. Valid values are Enabled and Disabled. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md index d115ea32f5..9bf3d2d6ec 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the specified application access p ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the application access policy that you want to view. To find the Identity value for the policy, run the command Get-ApplicationAccessPolicy | Format-List Identity,Description,ScopeName,AccessRight,AppID. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AuditLogSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AuditLogSearch.md index 52f260499a..73b7c0fd2b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AuditLogSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AuditLogSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example returns a list of current administrator audit log searches. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the GUID for an audit log search. You can run the command Get-AuditLogSearch | Format-List Identity to display the GUIDs for all current audit log searches. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CreatedAfter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CreatedAfter parameter filters the results to audit log searches that were created after the specified date. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CreatedBefore -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CreatedBefore parameter filters the results to audit log searches that were created before the specified date. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Type parameter specifies the type of audit log searches to return. Use the value Admin to return administrator audit log searches or use mailbox to return mailbox audit log searches. If the Type parameter isn't used, the cmdlet returns both administrator and mailbox audit log searches. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AuthenticationPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AuthenticationPolicy.md index dc4991767e..8213c57518 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AuthenticationPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AuthenticationPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the authentication policy named En ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the authentication policy you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowLegacyExchangeTokens -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TenantId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AvailabilityAddressSpace.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AvailabilityAddressSpace.md index a3584e2481..1179346065 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AvailabilityAddressSpace.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-AvailabilityAddressSpace.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example returns details information for the availability address space obje ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the availability address space that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the object. For example: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-BlockedConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-BlockedConnector.md index e32648d522..a7aa67b3d9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-BlockedConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-BlockedConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the specified blocked connector. ### -ConnectorId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorId parameter specifies the blocked connector that you want to view. The value is a GUID (for example, 159eb7c4-75d7-43e2-95fe-ced44b3e0a56). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-BlockedSenderAddress.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-BlockedSenderAddress.md index 8a230bbf7a..bfdb424474 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-BlockedSenderAddress.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-BlockedSenderAddress.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example returns information about the blocked sender laura@contoso.com. ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the email address of the blocked user. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CASMailbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CASMailbox.md index 418d7ae109..c8e42f9451 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CASMailbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CASMailbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -429,7 +429,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Clutter.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Clutter.md index cea222fdda..bfedbbd7d6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Clutter.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Clutter.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.Management-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ This example returns the Clutter settings for the user Constancia Pena. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseCustomRouting -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill UseCustomRouting Description }} diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CompromisedUserAggregateReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CompromisedUserAggregateReport.md index 265f55aab4..374b9b701c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CompromisedUserAggregateReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CompromisedUserAggregateReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example returns all restricted user accounts for the specified date range. ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the results by the compromised user status. Valid values are: @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CompromisedUserDetailReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CompromisedUserDetailReport.md index 762a182473..c325264e41 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CompromisedUserDetailReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-CompromisedUserDetailReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example returns all suspicious user accounts for the specified date range. ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the results by the compromised user status. Valid values are: @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Contact.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Contact.md index a62c8dac23..89756756fc 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Contact.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Contact.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ This example uses the Anr parameter to retrieve all mail-enabled contacts whose ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the contact that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the contact. For example: @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTypeDetails parameter filters the results by the specified contact subtype. Valid values are: @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DataEncryptionPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DataEncryptionPolicy.md index e28a159b52..c4e6770847 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DataEncryptionPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DataEncryptionPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The example returns detailed information for the data encryption policy named Eu ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the data encryption policy that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DistributionGroup.md index 3a1367d870..d7aae028b6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ This example returns all distribution groups and mail-enabled security groups wh ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the distribution group or mail-enabled security group that you want to view. You can use any values that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Credential -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Credential parameter specifies the username and password that's used to run this command. Typically, you use this parameter in scripts or when you need to provide different credentials that have the required permissions. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter filters the results by the owner of the group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the owner. For example: @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTypeDetails parameter filters the results by the specified distribution group subtype. Valid values are: @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DistributionGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DistributionGroupMember.md index 6b4137e6f5..6d92e0e7ae 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DistributionGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DistributionGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ In the cloud-based service, this example downloads a comma-separated value (CSV) ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the distribution group or mail-enabled security group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Credential -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Credential parameter specifies the username and password that's used to run this command. Typically, you use this parameter in scripts or when you need to provide different credentials that have the required permissions. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeSoftDeletedObjects -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DkimSigningConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DkimSigningConfig.md index 02d53e4407..145122036f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DkimSigningConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DkimSigningConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example shows detailed information for the DKIM signing policy for contoso. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the DKIM signing policy that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DynamicDistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DynamicDistributionGroup.md index 7ab59471f0..ff3670240f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DynamicDistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DynamicDistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ This example returns the members for the dynamic distribution group named Full T ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the dynamic distribution group that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the dynamic distribution group. For example: @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Credential -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Credential parameter specifies the username and password that's used to run this command. Typically, you use this parameter in scripts or when you need to provide different credentials that have the required permissions. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter filters the results by the owner of the group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the owner. For example: @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -535,7 +535,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DynamicDistributionGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DynamicDistributionGroupMember.md index 9bac3f2574..55c4f310bb 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DynamicDistributionGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-DynamicDistributionGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example returns the existing members for the dynamic distribution group nam ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the dynamic distribution group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Credential -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Credential parameter specifies the username and password that's used to run this command. Typically, you use this parameter in scripts or when you need to provide different credentials that have the required permissions. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeSoftDeletedObjects -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeSoftDeletedGroups switch specifies whether to include soft-deleted group members in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md index 7157e399b1..1348d30834 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the rule named Strict Preset Sec ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -State -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The State parameter filters the results by the state of the rule. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EligibleDistributionGroupForMigration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EligibleDistributionGroupForMigration.md index f882a39091..b943e5705f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EligibleDistributionGroupForMigration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EligibleDistributionGroupForMigration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example returns a summary list of all distribution groups that can be upgra ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter filters the results by the email address of the specified distribution group. If no results are returned for the specified email address, the group can't be upgraded to a Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter filters the results by the manager of the distribution group (the ManagedBy property). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the distribution group manager. For example: @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EmailAddressPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EmailAddressPolicy.md index d539b207d1..815edd6eb6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EmailAddressPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EmailAddressPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the email address policy named Con ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the email address policy that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EtrLimits.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EtrLimits.md index 9e785a6cc9..632ba795ea 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EtrLimits.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-EtrLimits.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ExternalInOutlook.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ExternalInOutlook.md index 4079d333a5..f2a7c56328 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ExternalInOutlook.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ExternalInOutlook.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example returns the settings of the external sender identification feature ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the GUID of the external sender identification object that you want to view. Although this parameter is available, you don't need to use it. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederatedOrganizationIdentifier.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederatedOrganizationIdentifier.md index 7aa1ab69cd..d43deea361 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederatedOrganizationIdentifier.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederatedOrganizationIdentifier.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example retrieves the Exchange organization's federated organization identi ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the organization ID. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeExtendedDomainInfo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeExtendedDomainInfo switch specifies that the command query Microsoft Federation Gateway for the status of each accepted domain that's federated. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederationInformation.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederationInformation.md index a20af7dd42..cb343b753b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederationInformation.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederationInformation.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example gets federation information from the domain contoso.com. ### -DomainName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DomainName parameter specifies the domain name for which federation information is to be retrieved. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassAdditionalDomainValidation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassAdditionalDomainValidation switch specifies that the command skip validation of domains from the external Exchange organization. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustedHostnames -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TrustedHostnames parameter specifies the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of federation endpoints. Federation endpoints are the client access (frontend) services on Mailbox servers in an organization with federation enabled. Explicitly specifying the TrustedHostnames parameter allows the cmdlet to bypass prompting if the certificate presented by the endpoint doesn't match the domain name specified in the DomainName parameter. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederationTrust.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederationTrust.md index e39c94d2bc..144010b81d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederationTrust.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FederationTrust.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ This example retrieves properties of the federation trust configured for the Exc ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies a federation trust ID. If not specified, the cmdlet returns all federation trusts configured for the Exchange organization. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FocusedInbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FocusedInbox.md index e0638a284b..0e17c1a886 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FocusedInbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-FocusedInbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.Management-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example returns the Focused Inbox configuration for the mailbox of julia@co ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseCustomRouting -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill UseCustomRouting Description }} diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Group.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Group.md index a6e51320b3..71b38ca0f5 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Group.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Group.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ This example uses the Anr parameter to return all groups that begin with "Mar". ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the group object that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTypeDetails parameter filters the results by the specified group subtype. Valid values are: @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HistoricalSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HistoricalSearch.md index 3f1e3f33d2..ff37fb81c0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HistoricalSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HistoricalSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the historical search that's in ### -JobId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The JobId parameter specifies the GUID identifier of the historical search that you want to view. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedConnectionFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedConnectionFilterPolicy.md index a325d565f2..78d2acade0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedConnectionFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedConnectionFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the connection filter policy nam ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the connection filter policy that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md index 49dc666d34..b38f9236bd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This example shows the allowed and blocked senders and domains in all spam filte ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter policy that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedContentFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedContentFilterRule.md index b84d29aac3..f61935a61e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedContentFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedContentFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example retrieves details about the spam filter rule named Contoso Recipien ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -State -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The State parameter filters the results by the state of the rule. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md index 89d3e6a49a..f2e939a4ad 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the outbound spam filter policy ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter policy you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md index 1ed5a5e44f..7c4936e864 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the outbound spam filter rule name ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -State -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The State parameter filters the results by enabled or disabled rules. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-IRMConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-IRMConfiguration.md index d609d6bd9d..36d2e76d9c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-IRMConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-IRMConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-InboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-InboundConnector.md index b67ff5cbf9..ba9ff431cb 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-InboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-InboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example lists all the Inbound connectors configured in your cloud-based org ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name or GUID of the Inbound connector. If the Identity name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). You can omit the Identity parameter label. @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-InboxRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-InboxRule.md index 9cb78c93fa..e3190dc9c0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-InboxRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-InboxRule.md @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md index 65d0d69d56..d1474744e7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the policy named Contoso Corpora ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 data-at-rest encryption policy that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailContact.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailContact.md index 85198b2812..83768a44b3 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailContact.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailContact.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ This example retrieves detailed information for the mail contact named Arlene. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mail contact that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail contact. For example: @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ANR -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTypeDetails parameter filters the results by the specified mail contact subtype. Valid values are: @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailATPReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailATPReport.md index 39cb412f8d..9695a1d0ca 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailATPReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailATPReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Customers with Defender for Office 365 subscriptions can get up to 30 days of da ### -DataSource -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill DataSource Description }} @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas, or the value All. @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. Valid values are: @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MalwareName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MalwareName parameter filters the results by malware payload. Valid values are: @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, ""). @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTraceId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageTraceId parameter filters the results by the message trace ID value of the message. This GUID value is generated for every message that's processed by the system (for example, c20e0f7a-f06b-41df-fe33-08d9da155ac1). @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailEncryptionReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailEncryptionReport.md index 986013442c..3869862089 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailEncryptionReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailEncryptionReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AggregateBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AggregateBy parameter specifies the reporting period. Valid values are Hour, Day, or Summary. The default value is Day. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas, or the value All. @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. Valid values are: @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, ""). @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTraceId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageTraceId parameter filters the results by the message trace ID value of the message. This GUID value is generated for every message that's processed by the system (for example, c20e0f7a-f06b-41df-fe33-08d9da155ac1). @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailTransportRuleReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailTransportRuleReport.md index 21c4bddb6f..14e5b865d0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailTransportRuleReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailDetailTransportRuleReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example retrieves the details of messages sent by john@contoso.com that mat ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas, or the value All. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. Valid values are: @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, ""). @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTraceId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageTraceId parameter filters the results by the message trace ID value of the message. This GUID value is generated for every message that's processed by the system (for example, c20e0f7a-f06b-41df-fe33-08d9da155ac1). @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportRule -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TransportRule parameter filters the report by the name of the transport rule. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailFilterListReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailFilterListReport.md index 3038284e6e..1fa8c8a861 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailFilterListReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailFilterListReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example uses the Get-MailFilterListReport cmdlet to return information abou ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas, or the value All. @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SelectionTarget -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SelectionTarget parameter filters the report information by object type. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailFlowStatusReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailFlowStatusReport.md index fc641edb9e..454da1197a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailFlowStatusReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailFlowStatusReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example returns inbound and outbound messages were classified as GoodMail o ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by the direction of the message. Valid values are: @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. Valid values are: @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficATPReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficATPReport.md index 8c4dd7aca1..7399b236e7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficATPReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficATPReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ This example retrieves the statistics for outgoing messages on December 25, 2021 ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AggregateBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AggregateBy parameter specifies the reporting period. Valid values are Hour, Day, or Summary. The default value is Day. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end of the date range in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. Valid values are: @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NumberOfRows -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The NumberOfRows parameter specifies the number of rows to return in the report. The maximum value is 10000. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PivotBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill PivotBy Description }} @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start of the date range in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SummarizeBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SummarizeBy parameter returns totals based on the values you specify. If your report filters data using any of the values accepted by this parameter, you can use the SummarizeBy parameter to summarize the results based on those values. To decrease the number of rows returned in the report, consider using the SummarizeBy parameter. Summarizing reduces the amount of data that's retrieved for the report and delivers the report faster. For example, instead of seeing each instance of a specific value of EventType on an individual row in the report, you can use the SummarizeBy parameter to see the total number of instances of that value of EventType on one row in the report. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ThreatClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill ThreatClassification Description }} diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficEncryptionReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficEncryptionReport.md index dc8465437c..5f7dd98382 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficEncryptionReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficEncryptionReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ This example retrieves encryption information for incoming messages between Dece ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AggregateBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AggregateBy parameter specifies the reporting period. Valid values are Hour, Day, or Summary. The default value is Day. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas, or the value All. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. Valid values are: @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SummarizeBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SummarizeBy parameter returns totals based on the values you specify. If your report filters data using any of the values accepted by this parameter, you can use the SummarizeBy parameter to summarize the results based on those values. To decrease the number of rows returned in the report, consider using the SummarizeBy parameter. Summarizing reduces the amount of data that's retrieved for the report and delivers the report faster. For example, instead of seeing each instance of a specific value of EventType on an individual row in the report, you can use the SummarizeBy parameter to see the total number of instances of that value of EventType on one row in the report. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficPolicyReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficPolicyReport.md index a85f525837..b40942fa81 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficPolicyReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficPolicyReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ This example is similar to the previous example, but now the results are summari ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AggregateBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AggregateBy parameter specifies the reporting period. Valid values are Hour, Day, or Summary. The default value is Day. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DlpPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DlpPolicy parameter filters the report by the name of the DLP policy. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas, or the value All. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. Valid values are: @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SummarizeBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SummarizeBy parameter returns totals based on the values you specify. If your report filters data using any of the values accepted by this parameter, you can use the SummarizeBy parameter to summarize the results based on those values. To decrease the number of rows returned in the report, consider using the SummarizeBy parameter. Summarizing reduces the amount of data that's retrieved for the report, and delivers the report faster. For example, instead of seeing each instance of a specific value of EventType on an individual row in the report, you can use the SummarizeBy parameter to see the total number of instances of that value of EventType on one row in the report. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportRule -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TransportRule parameter filters the report by the name of the transport rule. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficSummaryReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficSummaryReport.md index 652e149273..f61dd5380c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficSummaryReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailTrafficSummaryReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This example shows the top spam recipient statistics between June 13, 2015 and J ### -Category -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Category parameter filters the report by category. Valid values are: @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DlpPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DlpPolicy parameter filters the report by the name of the data loss prevention (DLP) policy. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter filters the results by an accepted domain in the cloud-based organization. You can specify multiple domain values separated by commas, or the value All. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportRule -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TransportRule parameter filters the report by the name of the transport rule. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailUser.md index 082be7ad8e..cb44f68525 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the mail user named Ed. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mail user that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail user. For example: @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HVEAccount -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SharedWithMailUser -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SoftDeletedMailUser -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailboxFolderPermission.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailboxFolderPermission.md index e2eb968c0c..72374b2536 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailboxFolderPermission.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MailboxFolderPermission.md @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MalwareFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MalwareFilterPolicy.md index 3bc3f993ac..af212d1db7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MalwareFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MalwareFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example retrieves detailed configuration information for the malware filter ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter policy that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter policy. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MalwareFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MalwareFilterRule.md index f42427d67c..21314587d2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MalwareFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MalwareFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example retrieves detailed configuration information for the malware filter ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter rule. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -State -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The State parameter filters the results by enabled or disabled malware filter rules. Valid input for this parameter is Enabled or Disabled. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRole.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRole.md index c4731cf6ee..aaaea348ea 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRole.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRole.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ This example lists the immediate children of the Mail Recipients role. Only the ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role you want to view. If the role you want to view contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). You can use the wildcard character (\*) and a partial role name to match multiple roles. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GetChildren -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GetChildren parameter retrieves a list of all the roles that were created based on the parent role specified in the Identity parameter. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Recurse -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Recurse parameter retrieves a list of all the roles that were created based on the parent role specified in the Identity parameter. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Cmdlet -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Cmdlet parameter returns a list of all roles that include the specified cmdlet. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CmdletParameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CmdletParameters parameter returns a list of all roles that include the specified parameter or parameters. You can specify more than one parameter by separating each parameter with a comma. If you specify multiple parameters, only the roles that include all of the specified parameters are returned. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoleType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoleType parameter returns a list of roles that match the specified role type. For a list of valid role types, see [Understanding management roles](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/understanding-management-roles-exchange-2013-help). @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Script -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Script parameter returns a list of all roles that include the specified script. @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ScriptParameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ScriptParameters parameter returns a list of all roles that include the specified parameter or parameters. You can specify more than one parameter by separating each parameter with a comma. If you specify multiple parameters, only the roles that include all of the specified parameters are returned. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRoleAssignment.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRoleAssignment.md index fef5df891d..8eafb9ccb3 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRoleAssignment.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRoleAssignment.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ This example retrieves all the role assignments that can modify the database Con ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the role assignment to retrieve. If the name of the role assignment contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). If the RoleAssignee parameter is used, you can't use the Identity parameter. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AssignmentMethod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AssignmentMethod parameter specifies the type of role assignment to include in the results returned by the cmdlet. You can specify one or more of the following values: @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConfigWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConfigWriteScope parameter specifies the type of management configuration scope to include in the results returned by the cmdlet. The valid values are None, OrganizationConfig, CustomConfigScope, and ExclusiveConfigScope. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomRecipientWriteScope parameter returns only the regular role assignments that include the specified recipient-based regular scope. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Delegating -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Delegating parameter specifies whether delegating or regular role assignments should be returned. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether enabled or disabled role assignments should be returned. To return enabled role assignments, specify a value of $true. To return disabled role assignments, specify a value of $false. @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Exclusive -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Exclusive parameter specifies whether exclusive or regular role assignments should be returned. @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameter returns only the exclusive role assignments that include the specified recipient-based exclusive scope. @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GetEffectiveUsers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GetEffectiveUsers switch specifies that the command should show the list of users in the role groups, role assignment policies, or USGs that are associated with the role assignment. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAdministrativeUnitScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientGroupScope -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameter returns only the role assignments that include the specified organizational unit (OU). If the OU tree contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientWriteScope parameter returns only the role assignments associated with the recipient scope restriction type specified. The valid values are None, MyGAL, Self, OU, CustomRecipientScope, MyDistributionGroups and ExclusiveRecipientScope. @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Role -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Role parameter returns only the role assignments associated with the specified management role. If the name of the role contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoleAssignee -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoleAssignee parameter specifies the role group, assignment policy, user, or universal security group (USG) for which you want to view role assignments. If the RoleAssignee parameter is used, you can't use the Identity parameter. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoleAssigneeType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoleAssigneeType parameter specifies the type of role assignee to return. The valid values are User, SecurityGroup, RoleAssignmentPolicy, ForeignSecurityPrincipal, RoleGroup, LinkedRoleGroup and Computer. @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WritableRecipient -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WritableRecipient parameter specifies the recipient object you want to test to determine which role assignments allow it to be modified. The command takes into account the roles and scopes associated with each role assignment. If the recipient name contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRoleEntry.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRoleEntry.md index 413787d3c6..398e5e2758 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRoleEntry.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementRoleEntry.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This example retrieves the Tier 2 Help Desk\\Set-Mailbox role entry and pipes th ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role entry that you want to view. This parameter uses the syntax: `\` (for example, `CustomRole\Set-Mailbox`). @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Parameters parameter includes only the role entries that contain the parameters specified. You can specify multiple parameters, separated by commas. You can use the wildcard character (\*) with partial parameter names to retrieve all parameters that match the value you specify. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PSSnapinName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PSSnapinName parameter specifies the Windows PowerShell snap-in that contains the role entry to return. Use the Get-PSSnapin cmdlet to retrieve a list of available Windows PowerShell snap-ins. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Type parameter specifies the type of role entry to return. The valid values for the Type parameter are any combination of the following parameters, separated by commas: Cmdlet, Script and ApplicationPermission. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementScope.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementScope.md index 0156812747..008ab95847 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementScope.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ManagementScope.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ This example retrieves a list of exclusive scopes. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the management scope to return. If the management scope name contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Exclusive -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Exclusive parameter specifies whether exclusive scopes should be returned. If the Exclusive parameter isn't specified, regular scopes and exclusive scopes are returned. If the Exclusive parameter is set to $True, only exclusive scopes are returned. If the Exclusive parameter is set to $False, only regular scopes are returned. The valid values are $True and $False. @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Orphan -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Orphan switch specifies whether to return only management scopes that aren't associated with role assignments. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTrace.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTrace.md index a470a56e43..727c45aec9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTrace.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTrace.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ This example retrieves message trace information for messages sent by john@conto ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FromIP parameter filters the results by the source IP address. For incoming messages, the value of FromIP is the public IP address of the SMTP email server that sent the message. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, ""). @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTraceId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageTraceId parameter filters the results by the message trace ID value of the message. This GUID value is generated for every message that's processed by the system (for example, c20e0f7a-f06b-41df-fe33-08d9da155ac1). @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Status -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Status parameter filters the results by the delivery status of the message. Valid values for this parameter are: @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ToIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ToIP parameter filters the results by the destination IP address. For outgoing messages, the value of ToIP is the public IP address in the resolved MX record for the destination domain. For incoming messages to Exchange Online, the value is blank. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceDetail.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceDetail.md index fd7c45e868..e88fd5b1b3 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceDetail.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceDetail.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This example uses the Get-MessageTrace cmdlet to retrieve message trace informat ### -MessageTraceId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageTraceId parameter filters the results by the message trace ID value of the message. This GUID value is generated for every message that's processed by the system (for example, c20e0f7a-f06b-41df-fe33-08d9da155ac1). @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Event -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Event parameter filters the report by the message event. The following are examples of common events: @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, ""). @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceDetailV2.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceDetailV2.md index 2ea7370117..a5bfdba2c9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceDetailV2.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceDetailV2.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Event -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Event parameter filters the report by the message event. The following are examples of common events: @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, ""). @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceV2.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceV2.md index 766ea56970..bcd1b82c0d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceV2.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MessageTraceV2.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This example retrieves message trace information for messages sent by `john@cont ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FromIP parameter filters the results by the source IP address. For incoming messages, the value of FromIP is the public IP address of the SMTP email server that sent the message. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, ""). @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTraceId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageTraceId parameter filters the results by the message trace ID value of the message. This GUID value is generated for every message that's processed by the system (for example, c20e0f7a-f06b-41df-fe33-08d9da155ac1). @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. A valid value is from 1 to 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartingRecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartingRecipientAddress parameter is used with the EndDate parameter to query subsequent data for partial results while avoiding duplication. Query subsequent data by taking the **Recipient address** and **Received Time** values of the last record of the partial results and using them as the values for the StartingRecipientAddress and EndDate parameters respectively in the next query. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Status -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Status parameter filters the results by the delivery status of the message. Valid values are: @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Subject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Subject parameter filters the results by the subject of the message. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectFilterType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SubjectFilterType parameter specifies how the value of the Subject parameter is evaluated. Valid values are: @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ToIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ToIP parameter filters the results by the destination IP address. For outgoing messages, the value of ToIP is the public IP address in the resolved MX record for the destination domain. For incoming messages to Exchange Online, the value is blank. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MxRecordReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MxRecordReport.md index 13fa49ad9d..68078de8ec 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MxRecordReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-MxRecordReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ This example shows the MX record information for the contoso.com domain. ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter specifies the domain you want to test. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OMEConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OMEConfiguration.md index 74ae889b4a..459f32d4ea 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OMEConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OMEConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for all OME configurations in the orga ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the OME configuration that you want to get. The default OME configuration has the Identity value "OME Configuration". diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OnPremisesOrganization.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OnPremisesOrganization.md index 8ba1d0d667..99c1c4634c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OnPremisesOrganization.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OnPremisesOrganization.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example retrieves the on-premises organization settings by using the FQDN o ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the on-premises organization object. You can use the following values: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OrganizationConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OrganizationConfig.md index 2da5c4b45a..e9d022c6dc 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OrganizationConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OrganizationConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OrganizationRelationship.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OrganizationRelationship.md index cc195021b9..5754b253f9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OrganizationRelationship.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OrganizationRelationship.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example retrieves the organization relationship settings by using the FQDN ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the organizational relationship. You can use the following values: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OutboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OutboundConnector.md index 3946d53c36..e5fbbe615c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OutboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OutboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example displays detailed information about the Outbound connector named Co ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Outbound connector that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the connector. For example: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeTestModeConnectors -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeTestModeConnectors parameter filters the results by Outbound connectors that are in test mode. Valid values are: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsTransportRuleScoped -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsTransportRuleScoped parameter filters the results by Outbound connectors that are scoped to transport rules (also known as mail flow rules). Valid values are: @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OutboundConnectorReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OutboundConnectorReport.md index 7df51454de..eb1dde1b50 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OutboundConnectorReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-OutboundConnectorReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ This example shows the Outbound connector that's used to deliver mail to the con ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Domain parameter specifies the domain you want to test. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-PendingDelicenseUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-PendingDelicenseUser.md index 957483f09f..02a9c519e7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-PendingDelicenseUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-PendingDelicenseUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ This example returns a summary list of all mailboxes where the 30 day delay for ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox with a pending mailbox license removal request. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShowDueObjectsOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ShowDueObjectsOnly switch filters the results by mailboxes where the 30 day delay for removing the license has ended, and the license can be removed from the mailbox at any time. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessage.md index 62bdc0d500..68abedd373 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the files protected by Safe Attach ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to view. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming or outgoing messages. Valid values are: @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Domain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndExpiresDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndExpiresDate parameter specifies the latest messages that are automatically deleted from the quarantine. Use this parameter with the StartExpiresDate parameter. @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndReceivedDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndReceivedDate parameter specifies the latest messages to return in the results. Use this parameter with the StartReceivedDate parameter. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress switch specifies whether to include quarantined messages from blocked senders in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, `""`). @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MyItems -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MyItems switch filters the results by messages where you (the user that's running the command) are the recipient. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 100. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PolicyName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PolicyName parameter filters the results by the threat policy that quarantined the message (for example, an anti-malware policy or an anti-spam policy). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PolicyTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PolicyTypes parameter filters the results by the type of threat policy that quarantined the message. Valid values are: @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The QuarantineTypes parameter filters the results by what caused the message to be quarantined. Valid values are: @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTag parameter filters the results by the recipient's user tag value (for example, `Priority Account`). For more information about user tags, see [User tags in Defender for Office 365](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/user-tags-about). @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReleaseStatus -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReleaseStatus parameter filters the results by the release status of the message. Valid values are: @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Reported -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Reported parameter filters the results by messages that have already been reported as false positives. Valid values are: @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartExpiresDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartExpiresDate parameter specifies the earliest messages that are automatically deleted from the quarantine. Use this parameter with the EndExpiresDate parameter. @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartReceivedDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartReceivedDate parameter specifies the earliest messages to return in the results. Use this parameter with the EndReceivedDate parameter. @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Subject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Subject parameter filters the results by the subject field of the message. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Type parameter filters the results by what caused the message to be quarantined. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md index 4d25207ed0..64ac72d6d6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantineMessageHeader.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example displays the message header of the first message that's returned by ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to view the header for. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantinePolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantinePolicy.md index bf50bb66f2..e99c4c679b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantinePolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-QuarantinePolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the default quarantine policy na ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantine policy you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantinePolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The QuarantinePolicyType parameter filters the results by the specified quarantine policy type. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md index b0e31c156f..dc973b5a25 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RMSTemplate.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example retrieves the Company Confidential RMS template. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the RMS template. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustedPublishingDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md index f2229eeb7a..045d78b5e3 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-Recipient.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ This example retrieves information about all the mail contacts in your organizat ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the recipient object that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthenticationType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BookmarkDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Capabilities -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeBookmarkObject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeManagerWithDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeSoftDeletedRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeSoftDeletedRecipients switch specifies whether to include soft deleted recipients in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Properties -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PropertySet -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientPreviewFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientPreviewFilter parameter tests a recipient filter that you would use in a dynamic distribution group, address list, or email address policy. This parameter uses the LDAP filter syntax. @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientType parameter filters the results by the specified recipient type. Valid values are: @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTypeDetails parameter filters the results by the specified recipient subtype. Valid values are: @@ -617,7 +617,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md index 47002f67e7..ea019cf869 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RemoteDomain.md @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md index b482a70fe1..c9cbaf9330 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ReportExecutionInstance.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example returns detailed information for the specified report execution ins ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the report execution instance that you want to view. The identity of the instance is a unique GUID value. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ScheduleId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ScheduleId parameter filters the results by the specified ScheduleId property value, which is a GUID. Multiple report execution instances can have the same ScheduleId value. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md index 2135e973f9..1bd22a5175 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ For more information about pipelining and the Format-List cmdlet, see [About Pip ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the assignment policy to view. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md index d99c1c5ae6..8b36a80322 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This example retrieves a list of all linked role groups and the Active Directory ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group to retrieve. If the name of the role group contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ShowPartnerLinked -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md index a592de679d..b0247fb712 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-RoleGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example retrieves a list of all the members of the Organization Administrat ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group for which member information should be retrieved. If the role group name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md index 7482a56503..1c47532af0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SCInsights.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example return insights data for March 15, 2018. ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SecurityPrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SecurityPrincipal.md index 0bedac21cb..2a656b3e62 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SecurityPrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SecurityPrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ This example retrieves well-known security principals and displays only the Name ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the security principal. When the security principal is explicitly specified by using this parameter, no additional security principals are returned. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoleGroupAssignable -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoleGroupAssignable switch filters security principals by returning only objects that can be assigned to an RBAC role group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Types -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Types parameter filters the results by object type. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md index 2b0bbce739..8777b28f9c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServiceDeliveryReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ This example shows the delivery path information for the recipient chris@contoso ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Recipient -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Recipient parameter specifies the email address of the recipient you want to test. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServicePrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServicePrincipal.md index 6b9f5f19f8..63f0b687d1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServicePrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-ServicePrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example returns detailed information about the service principal with the O ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the service principal that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the service principal. For example: @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Organization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md index 10a2d40c62..9103d3f671 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SmimeConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ This example shows the S/MIME configuration that's used with Outlook on the web. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md index 4897231818..a33a9c4ea4 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofIntelligenceInsight.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ This example exports the same list of spoofed senders to a CSV file. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter is available but isn't used. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md index 404128c301..87e89173ec 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SpoofMailReport.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ This example shows the insider spoofing detections in your organization during t ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the report by the action taken on messages. To view the complete list of valid values for this parameter, run the command: `Get-MailFilterListReport -SelectionTarget Actions`. The action you specify must correspond to the report type. For example, you can only specify malware filter actions for malware reports. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by incoming messages. The valid value for this parameter is Inbound. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EventType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EventType parameter filters the report by the event type. The only valid value for this parameter is SpoofMail. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Page -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Page parameter specifies the page number of the results you want to view. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 1000. The default value is 1. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PageSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PageSize parameter specifies the maximum number of entries per page. Valid input for this parameter is an integer between 1 and 5000. The default value is 1000. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProbeTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md index 6af5c704f5..f50ee30cdf 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-SweepRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassScopeCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassScopeCheck switch specifies whether to bypass the scope check for the user that's running the command. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md index cf8b01b151..ea4bd880a0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ This example returns information for all allowed non-Microsoft phishing simulati ### -ListType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListType parameter specifies the list to view. Valid values are: @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Entry -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Entry parameter filters the results based on the ListType parameter value. Valid values are: @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NoExpiration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The NoExpiration switch filters the results by entries that are set to never expire. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Allow -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Allow switch filters the results for allow entries. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Block -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Block switch filters the results for block entries. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpirationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExpirationDate parameter filters the results by expiration date in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListSubType parameter filters the results by subtype. Valid values are: @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutputJson -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutputJson switch specifies whether to return all entries in a single JSON value. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md index b34e3e9071..d0642bcdc6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ This example exports the same list of spoofed pairs to a CSV file. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter is available but isn't used. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter filters the results by action type. Valid values are: @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpoofType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofType parameter filters the results by spoof type. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md index 0fa4c4e401..64d2ce3506 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ In on-premises Exchange, this example returns a summary list of all rules that e ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -State -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The State parameter specifies filters the results by enabled or disabled rules. Valid values are: @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExcludeConditionActionDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter filters the results by using an OPATH. This parameter searches the Description property, which includes the conditions, exceptions, actions and the associated values of a transport rule. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRuleAction.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRuleAction.md index e68c4223b8..eb2a68fd58 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRuleAction.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRuleAction.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ For more information about pipelining, see [About Pipelines](https://learn.micro ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the action that you want to view. To see the list of available names, run the command Get-TransportRuleAction. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRulePredicate.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRulePredicate.md index bf8df73ee2..b427aa12e6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRulePredicate.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-TransportRulePredicate.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ For more information about how to work with the output of a command, see [Workin ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the predicate that you want to view. To see the list of available names, run the command Get-TransportRulePredicate. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md index e5f0207411..bf28c3cc6b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ This example returns Microsoft 365 Groups that are created when a Microsoft Team ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Microsoft 365 Group. For example: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeAcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeAcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers recipients in the AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeAllProperties -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeAllProperties switch specifies whether to include the values of all properties in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeBypassModerationFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeBypassModerationFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers recipients in the BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeGrantSendOnBehalfToWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeGrantSendOnBehalfToWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of GrantSendOnBehalfTo recipients in the GrantSendOnBehalfToWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeModeratedByWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeModeratedByWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of ModeratedBy recipients in the ModeratedByWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeRejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeRejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames switch specifies whether to return the SMTP addresses and display names of RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers recipients in the RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembersWithDisplayNames property. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeSoftDeletedGroups -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeSoftDeletedGroups switch specifies whether to include soft-deleted Microsoft 365 Groups in the results. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SortBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md index 13910388a2..7e044e4b20 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-UnifiedGroupLinks.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example show the members of the Microsoft 365 Group named Human Resources D ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Microsoft 365 Group. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LinkType parameter filters the results by recipient roles in the Microsoft 365 Group. Valid values are: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md index da4e00d977..6eccd8b249 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Get-User.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ This example uses the Filter parameter to retrieve information about all users t ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the user that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the user. For example: @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Anr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Anr parameter specifies a string on which to perform an ambiguous name resolution (ANR) search. You can specify a partial string and search for objects with an attribute that matches that string. The default attributes searched are: @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Filter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Filter parameter uses OPATH syntax to filter the results by the specified properties and values. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeDirectReportsWithDisplayNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeManagerWithDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsVIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter filters the results based on the object's location in Active Directory. Only objects that exist in the specified location are returned. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientTypeDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientTypeDetails parameter filters the results by the specified user subtype. Valid values are: @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. If you want to return all requests that match the query, use unlimited for the value of this parameter. The default value is 1000. @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Sortby -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SortBy parameter specifies the property to sort the results by. You can sort by only one property at a time. The results are sorted in ascending order. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Import-TransportRuleCollection.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Import-TransportRuleCollection.md index 8da3bcf345..87c2036328 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Import-TransportRuleCollection.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Import-TransportRuleCollection.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example imports a transport rule collection from the XML file named Exporte ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in Exchange Server 2010. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FileData -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FileData parameter specifies the XML file that contains the exported transport rule collection from the Export-TransportRuleCollection cmdlet. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md index 19b0cf5723..5d1a5f1f4b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AdminAuditLogSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ This example returns entries in the administrator audit log of an Exchange Onlin ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StatusMailRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StatusMailRecipients parameter specifies the recipients that should receive the administrator audit log report. The recipient must be a valid SMTP address. @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Cmdlets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Cmdlets parameter specifies the cmdlets you want to search for in the administrator audit log. Only the log entries that contain the cmdlets you specify are returned. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalAccess -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalAccess parameter returns only audit log entries for cmdlets that were run by a user outside of your organization. In Exchange Online, use this parameter to return audit log entries for cmdlets run by Microsoft datacenter administrators. @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the administrator audit log search. The name is shown in the subject line of the audit log report email message. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ObjectIds -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ObjectIds parameter specifies that only administrator audit log entries that contain the specified changed objects should be returned. This parameter accepts a variety of objects, such as mailboxes, aliases, Send connector names and so on. @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Parameters parameter specifies the parameters you want to search for in the administrator audit log. Only the log entries that contain the parameters you specify are returned. You can only use this parameter if you use the Cmdlets parameter. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserIds -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UserIds parameter specifies that only the administrator audit log entries that contain the specified ID of the user who ran the cmdlet should be returned. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md index 697abf3319..60d6072276 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ In Microsoft Defender for Office 365, this example creates and enables an antiph ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the antiphish policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthenticationFailAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DmarcQuarantineAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DmarcRejectAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableFirstContactSafetyTips -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableFirstContactSafetyTips parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the safety tip that's shown when recipients first receive an email from a sender or do not often receive email from a sender. Valid values are: @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableSpoofIntelligence -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableUnauthenticatedSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableViaTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HonorDmarcPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -709,7 +709,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MakeDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MakeDefault switch makes this antiphish policy the default antiphish policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -772,7 +772,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecommendedPolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecommendedPolicyType parameter is used for Standard and Strict policy creation as part of [Preset security policies](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/preset-security-policies). Don't use this parameter yourself. @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpoofQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofQuarantineTag specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined by spoof intelligence (the AuthenticationFailAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md index c51ee1499b..ce3b0b86d4 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AntiPhishRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ This example creates an antiphish rule named Research Department with the follow ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the antiphish rule. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AntiPhishPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AntiPhishPolicy parameter specifies the antiphish policy that's associated with the antiphish rule. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the rule is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md index 30d95ae4f1..423bd5df4a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-App.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DownloadOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DownloadOnly switch specifies whether to get the app manifest file and prompt the user for confirmation before committing to actual installation. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Etoken -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceAssetID -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceAssetID parameter specifies the Office Store identifier for the app. You need to use this parameter if you use theMarketplaceServicesUrl parameter. @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceCorrelationID -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceCorrelationID parameter specifies the Office Store correlation identifier for the app. @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceQueryMarket -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceQueryMarket parameter specifies the locale that an app is filed under at the office marketplace. For example, an app for the United States market in English uses the value en-US. The default value is en-US. @@ -513,7 +513,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceServicesUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceServicesUrl parameter specifies the full services URL for the app. You need to specify only one source location for the app manifest file. You can specify the app manifest file by using the MarketplaceServicesUrl, Url or FileData parameter. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarketplaceUserProfileType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarketplaceUserProfileType parameter specifies the user profile type for the Office Store. @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Url -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Url parameter specifies the full URL location of the app manifest file that you want to install. You need to specify only one source location for the app manifest file. You can specify the app manifest file by using the MarketplaceServicesUrl, Url or FileData parameter. @@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md index 86ff783200..8eb44d591c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ This example creates a new application access policy with the following settings ### -AccessRight -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AccessRight parameter specifies the restriction type that you want to assign in the application access policy. Valid values are: @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AppId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the GUID of the apps to include in the policy. To find the GUID value of an app, run the command Get-App | Format-Table -Auto DisplayName,AppId. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PolicyScopeGroupID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PolicyScopeGroupID parameter specifies the recipient to define in the policy. Valid recipient types are security principals in Exchange Online (users or groups, including nested groups, that can have permissions assigned to them). For example: @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AuthenticationPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AuthenticationPolicy.md index 7859c4f25f..c377590b22 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AuthenticationPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-AuthenticationPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ In Exchange 2019, this example creates a new authentication policy named Researc ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the authentication policy. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthActiveSync -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthAutodiscover -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthImap -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthMapi -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthOfflineAddressBook -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthOutlookService -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthPop -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthPowershell -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthReportingWebServices -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthRpc -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthSmtp -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthWebServices -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -766,7 +766,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DistributionGroup.md index d42dea38c6..ebdc593a33 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ This example creates a distribution group named ITDepartment and specifies the m ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the group. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccBlocked -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassNestedModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ByPassNestedModerationEnabled parameter specifies how to handle message approval when a moderated group contains other moderated groups as members. Valid values are: @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CopyOwnerToMember -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CopyOwnerToMember switch specifies whether group owners specified by the ManagedBy parameter are also members of the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenGroupMembershipEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreNamingPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IgnoreNamingPolicy switch specifies whether to prevent this group from being affected by your organization's group naming policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter specifies an owner for the group. A group must have at least one owner. If you don't use this parameter to specify the owner when you create the group, the user account that created the group is the owner. The group owner is able to: @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MemberDepartRestriction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MemberDepartRestriction parameter specifies the restrictions that you put on requests to leave the group. Valid values are: @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MemberJoinRestriction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MemberJoinRestriction parameter specifies the restrictions that you put on requests to join the group. Valid values are: @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Members parameter specifies the recipients (mail-enabled objects) that are members of the group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this group. A moderator approves messages sent to the group before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter specifies the location in Active Directory where the group is created. @@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. @@ -605,7 +605,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoomList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoomList switch specifies that all members of this distribution group are room mailboxes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Type parameter specifies the type of group that you want to create. Valid values are: @@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DkimSigningConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DkimSigningConfig.md index 66fa40daa5..779bcaae99 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DkimSigningConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DkimSigningConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ This example enables DKIM message signing for the contoso.com domain. ### -DomainName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DomainName parameter specifies the domain in your organization that you want to enable DKIM message signing for. @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the policy is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BodyCanonicalization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BodyCanonicalization parameter specifies the canonicalization algorithm that's used to create and verify the message body part of the DKIM signature. This value effectively controls the sensitivity of DKIM to changes to the message body in transit. Valid values are: @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderCanonicalization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HeaderCanonicalization parameter specifies the canonicalization algorithm that's used to create and verify the message header part of the DKIM signature. This value effectively controls the sensitivity of DKIM to changes to the message headers in transit. Valid values are: @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -KeySize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The KeySize parameter specifies the size in bits of the public key that's used in the DKIM signing policy. Valid values are: @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md index 3e0f31d90e..46a2fe1b00 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-DynamicDistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ This example creates a dynamic distribution group named Washington Management Te ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the dynamic distribution group. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludedRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludedRecipients parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the recipient type. Valid values are: @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientFilter parameter specifies a custom OPATH filter that's based on the value of any available recipient property. You can use any available Windows PowerShell operator, and wildcards and partial matches are supported. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCompany -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCompany parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's Company property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute1 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute1 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute10 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute10 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute11 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute11 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute12 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute12 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute13 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute13 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute14 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute14 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute15 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute15 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute2 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute2 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute3 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute3 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute4 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute4 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute5 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute5 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute6 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute6 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute7 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute7 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute8 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute8 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute9 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute9 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalDepartment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalDepartment parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's Department property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -629,7 +629,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalStateOrProvince -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalStateOrProvince parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's StateOrProvince property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DirectMembershipOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the dynamic distribution group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -784,7 +784,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter specifies the organizational unit (OU) where the dynamic distribution group is created. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientContainer -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientContainer parameter specifies a filter that's based on the recipient's location in Active Directory. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -862,7 +862,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -886,7 +886,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md index f6b9302804..c7e300e057 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ This example creates the rule for the Standard preset security policy. No restri ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AntiPhishPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AntiPhishPolicy parameter specifies the existing anti-phishing policy that's associated with the preset security policy. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HostedContentFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedContentFilterPolicy parameter specifies the existing anti-spam policy that's associated with the preset security policy. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MalwareFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedContentFilterPolicy parameter specifies the existing anti-malware policy that's associated with the preset security policy. @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the rule is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, dynamic distribution groups, or mail-enabled security groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -389,7 +389,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md index c83d35330c..e97be81c81 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ This example creates a spam filter policy named Contoso Executives with the foll ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the spam filter policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddXHeaderValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AddXHeaderValue parameter specifies the X-header name (not value) to add to spam messages when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value AddXHeader. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the AddXHeader action: @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedSenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllowedSenderDomains parameter specifies trusted domains that aren't processed by the spam filter. Messages from senders in these domains are stamped with `SFV:SKA` in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report header` and receive a spam confidence level (SCL) of -1, so the messages are delivered to the recipient's inbox. Valid values are one or more SMTP domains. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedSenders -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllowedSenders parameter specifies a list of trusted senders that skip spam filtering. Messages from these senders are stamped with SFV:SKA in the X-Forefront-Antispam-Report header and receive an SCL of -1, so the messages are delivered to the recipient's inbox. Valid values are one or more SMTP email addresses. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedSenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BlockedSenderDomains parameter specifies domains that are always marked as spam sources. Messages from senders in these domains are stamped with `SFV:SKB` value in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report` header and receive an SCL of 6 (spam). Valid values are one or more SMTP domains. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedSenders -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BlockedSenders parameter specifies senders that are always marked as spam sources. Messages from these senders are stamped with `SFV:SKB` in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report` header and receive an SCL of 6 (spam). Valid values are one or more SMTP email addresses. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as bulk email (the BulkSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as bulk email (also known as gray mail) based on the bulk complaint level (BCL) of the message, and the BCL threshold you configure in the BulkThreshold parameter. Valid values are: @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkThreshold parameter specifies the BCL on messages that triggers the action specified by the BulkSpamAction parameter (greater than or equal to the specified BCL value). A valid value is an integer from 1 to 9. The default value is 7, which means a BCL of 7, 8, or 9 on messages trigger the action specified by the BulkSpamAction parameter. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DownloadLink -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableEndUserSpamNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableLanguageBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableLanguageBlockList parameter enables or disables marking messages that were written in specific languages as spam. Valid values are: @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableRegionBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableRegionBlockList parameter enables or disables marking messages that are sent from specific countries or regions as spam. Valid values are: @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -514,7 +514,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidencePhishAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidencePhishAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as high confidence phishing (not phishing). Phishing messages use fraudulent links or spoofed domains to get personal information. Valid values are: @@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidencePhishQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidencePhishQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as high confidence phishing (the HighConfidencePhishAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidenceSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidenceSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as high confidence spam (not spam, bulk email, phishing, or high confidence phishing). Valid values are: @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidenceSpamQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidenceSpamQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as high confidence spam (the HighConfidenceSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithBizOrInfoUrls -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithBizOrInfoUrls parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links to .biz or .info domains. Valid values are: @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithImageLinks -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithImageLinks parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain image links to remote websites. Valid values are: @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithNumericIps -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithNumericIps parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links to IP addresses. Valid values are: @@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithRedirectToOtherPort -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithRedirectToOtherPort parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links that redirect to TCP ports other than 80 (HTTP), 8080 (alternate HTTP), or 443 (HTTPS). Valid values are: @@ -740,7 +740,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InlineSafetyTipsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InlineSafetyTipsEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable safety tips that are shown to recipients in messages. Valid values are: @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntraOrgFilterState -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IntraOrgFilterState parameter specifies whether to enable anti-spam filtering for messages sent between internal users (users in the same organization). The action that's configured in the policy for the specified spam filter verdicts is taken on messages sent between internal users. Valid values are: @@ -786,7 +786,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LanguageBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LanguageBlockList parameter specifies the email content languages that are marked as spam when the EnableLanguageBlockList parameter value is $true. A valid value is a supported uppercase ISO 639-1 two-letter language code: @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamBulkMail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamBulkMail parameter allows spam filtering to act on bulk email messages. Valid values are: @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamEmbedTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamEmbedTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamEmptyMessages -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamEmptyMessages parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains no subject, no content in the message body, and no attachments. Valid values are: @@ -876,7 +876,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFormTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFormTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFramesInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFramesInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ or \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFromAddressAuthFail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFromAddressAuthFail parameter marks a message as spam when Sender ID filtering encounters a hard fail. This setting combines an Sender Policy Framework (SPF) check with a Sender ID check to help protect against message headers that contain forged senders. Valid values are: @@ -941,7 +941,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamJavaScriptInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamJavaScriptInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains JavaScript or VBScript. Valid values are: @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamNdrBackscatter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamNdrBackscatter parameter marks a message as spam when the message is a non-delivery report (also known as an NDR or bounce messages) sent to a forged sender (known as *backscatter*). Valid values are: @@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamObjectTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamObjectTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamSensitiveWordList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamSensitiveWordList parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains words from the sensitive words list. Microsoft maintains a dynamic but non-editable list of words that are associated with potentially offensive messages. Valid values are: @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamSpfRecordHardFail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamSpfRecordHardFail parameter marks a message as spam when SPF record checking encounters a hard fail. Valid values are: @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamWebBugsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamWebBugsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains web bugs (also known as web beacons). Valid values are: @@ -1071,7 +1071,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModifySubjectValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModifySubjectValue parameter specifies the text to prepend to the existing subject of messages when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value ModifySubject. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the ModifySubject action: @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as phishing (the PhishSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1124,7 +1124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as phishing (not high confidence phishing). Phishing messages use fraudulent links or spoofed domains to get personal information. Valid values are: @@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishZapEnabled parameter enables or disables zero-hour auto purge (ZAP) to detect phishing in already delivered messages in Exchange Online mailboxes. Valid values are: @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineRetentionPeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The QuarantineRetentionPeriod parameter specifies the number of days that spam messages remain in quarantine when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value Quarantine. All spam filtering verdict parameters can use the Quarantine action: @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecommendedPolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecommendedPolicyType parameter is used for Standard and Strict policy creation as part of [Preset security policies](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/preset-security-policies). Don't use this parameter yourself. @@ -1219,7 +1219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RedirectToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RedirectToRecipients parameter specifies the email addresses of replacement recipients when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value Redirect. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the Redirect action: @@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RegionBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RegionBlockList parameter specifies the source countries or regions that are marked as spam when the EnableRegionBlockList parameter value is $true. A valid value is a supported ISO 3166-1 two-letter country code: @@ -1272,7 +1272,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as spam (not high confidence spam, bulk email, phishing, or high confidence phishing). Valid values are: @@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as spam (the SpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamZapEnabled parameter enables or disables zero-hour auto purge (ZAP) to detect spam in already delivered messages in Exchange Online mailboxes. Valid values are: @@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestModeAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestModeAction parameter specifies the additional action to take on messages when one or more IncreaseScoreWith\* or MarkAsSpam\* ASF parameters are set to the value Test. Valid values are: @@ -1370,7 +1370,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestModeBccToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestModeBccToRecipients parameter specifies the blind carbon copy (Bcc) recipients to add to spam messages when the TestModeAction ASF parameter is set to the value BccMessage. @@ -1392,7 +1392,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterRule.md index 4560b98a1b..47454bb356 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedContentFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This example creates a new spam filter rule named Contoso Recipients with the fo ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the spam filter rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HostedContentFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedContentFilterPolicy parameter specifies the spam filter policy (content filter policy) that's associated with the rule. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter enables or disables the rule. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition for the rule that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition for the rule that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md index 944b15fa76..932e62362f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This example creates a new outbound spam filter policy named Contoso Executives ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the outbound spam filter policy. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActionWhenThresholdReached -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActionWhenThresholdReach parameter specifies the action to take when any of the limits specified in the policy are reached. Valid values are: @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoForwardingMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AutoForwardingMode specifies how the policy controls automatic email forwarding to external recipients. Valid values are: @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccSuspiciousOutboundAdditionalRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BccSuspiciousOutboundAdditionalRecipients parameter specifies an email address to add to the Bcc field of outgoing spam messages. You can specify multiple email addresses separated by commas. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccSuspiciousOutboundMail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BccSuspiciousOutboundMail parameter specifies whether to add recipients to the Bcc field of outgoing spam messages. Valid values are: @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotifyOutboundSpam -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: This setting is replaced by the default alert policy named **User restricted from sending email**, which sends notification messages to admins. We recommend that you use the alert policy rather than this setting to notify admins and other users. For instructions, see [Verify the alert settings for restricted users](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/outbound-spam-restore-restricted-users#verify-the-alert-settings-for-restricted-users). @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotifyOutboundSpamRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: This setting is replaced by the default alert policy named **User restricted from sending email**, which sends notification messages to admins. We recommend that you use the alert policy rather than this setting to notify admins and other users. For instructions, see [Verify the alert settings for restricted users](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/outbound-spam-restore-restricted-users#verify-the-alert-settings-for-restricted-users). @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitExternalPerHour -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitExternalPerHour parameter specifies the maximum number of external recipients that a user can send to within an hour. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits across Microsoft 365 options](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/outbound-spam-restore-restricted-users#verify-the-alert-settings-for-restricted-users). @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitInternalPerHour -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitInternalPerHour parameter specifies the maximum number of internal recipients that a user can send to within an hour. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits across Microsoft 365 options](https://learn.microsoft.com/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-limits#sending-limits-across-office-365-options). @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitPerDay -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitInternalPerHour parameter specifies the maximum number of recipients that a user can send to within a day. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits across Microsoft 365 options](https://learn.microsoft.com/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-limits#sending-limits-across-office-365-options). @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecommendedPolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecommendedPolicyType parameter is used for Standard and Strict policy creation as part of [Preset security policies](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/preset-security-policies). Don't use this parameter yourself. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md index 423016b19a..24118f68bf 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ This example creates a new outbound spam filter rule named Contoso Executives th ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the outbound spam filter rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy parameter specifies the outbound spam filter policy that's associated with the outbound spam filter rule. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the rule is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfFrom parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages from specific senders. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the sender. For example: @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfFromMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent by group members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSenderDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for senders with email address in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -From -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The From parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages from specific senders. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the sender. For example: @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FromMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent by group members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for senders with email address in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-InboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-InboundConnector.md index 8c1f5d800e..15bc7bf021 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-InboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-InboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ This example creates the Inbound connector named Contoso Inbound Secure Connecto ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a descriptive name for the connector. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderDomains parameter specifies the source domains that a Partner type connector accepts messages for (limits the scope of a Partner type connector). A valid value is an SMTP domain. Wildcards are supported to indicate a domain and all subdomains (for example, `*.contoso.com`). However, you can't embed the wildcard character (for example, `domain.*.contoso.com` isn't valid). @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AssociatedAcceptedDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AssociatedAcceptedDomains parameter restricts the source domains that use the connector to the specified accepted domains. A valid value is an SMTP domain that's configured as an accepted domain in your Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ClientHostNames -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill ClientHostNames Description }} @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CloudServicesMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: We recommend that you don't use this parameter unless you are directed to do so by Microsoft Customer Service and Support, or by specific product documentation. Instead, use the Hybrid Configuration wizard to configure mail flow between your on-premises and cloud organizations. For more information, see [Hybrid Configuration wizard](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/hybrid-configuration-wizard). @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorSource -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorSource parameter specifies how the connector is created. Valid input for this parameter includes the following values: @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorType parameter specifies the category for the source domains that the connector accepts messages for. Valid values are: @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipIPs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes the EFSkipIPs parameter specifies the source IP addresses to skip in Enhanced Filtering for Connectors when the EFSkipLastIP parameter value is $false. Valid values are: @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipLastIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EFSkipIPs parameter specifies the behavior of Enhanced Filtering for Connectors. Valid values are: @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipMailGateway -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFTestMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFUsers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EFUsers parameter specifies the recipients that Enhanced Filtering for Connectors applies to. The default value is blank ($null), which means Enhanced Filtering for Connectors is applied to all recipients. @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter enables or disables the connector. Valid values are: @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireTls -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireTLS parameter specifies whether to require TLS transmission for all messages that are received by a Partner type connector. Valid values are: @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RestrictDomainsToCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RestrictDomainsToCertificate parameter specifies whether the Subject value of the TLS certificate is checked before messages can use the Partner type connector. Valid values are: @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses parameter specifies whether to reject mail that comes from unknown source IP addresses for Partner type connectors. Valid values are: @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ScanAndDropRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -472,7 +472,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderIPAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderIPAddresses parameter specifies the source IPV4 IP addresses that the Partner type connector accepts messages from when the value of the RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses parameter is $true. Valid values are: @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsSenderCertificateName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsSenderCertificateName parameter specifies the TLS certificate that's used when the value of the RequireTls parameter is $true. A valid value is an SMTP domain. Wildcards are supported to indicate a domain and all subdomains (for example, \*.contoso.com), but you can't embed the wildcard character (for example, domain.\*.contoso.com is not valid). @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TreatMessagesAsInternal -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TreatMessagesAsInternal parameter specifies an alternative method to identify messages sent from an on-premises organization as internal messages. You should only consider using this parameter when your on-premises organization doesn't use Exchange. Valid values are: @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustedOrganizations -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TrustedOrganizations parameter specifies other Microsoft 365 organizations that are trusted mail sources (for example, after acquisitions and mergers). You can specify multiple Microsoft 365 organizations separated by commas. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md index e6db45960c..457eba4705 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailContact.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This example creates a new mail contact named Chris Ashton. ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the mail contact. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalEmailAddress parameter specifies the target email address of the mail contact or mail user. By default, this value is used as the primary email address of the mail contact or mail user. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the mail contact. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FirstName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FirstName parameter specifies the user's first name. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Initials -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Initials parameter specifies the user's middle initials. @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LastName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LastName parameter specifies the user's last name. @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MacAttachmentFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MacAttachmentFormat parameter specifies the Apple Macintosh operating system attachment format to use for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageBodyFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageBodyFormat parameter specifies the message body format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageBodyFormat parameter specifies the message body format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this mail contact. A moderator approves messages sent to the mail contact before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter specifies the location in Active Directory where the new contact is created. @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UsePreferMessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UsePreferMessageFormat specifies whether the message format settings configured for the mail user or mail contact override the global settings configured for the remote domain or configured by the message sender. Valid value are: @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md index 25c3cefce7..430c1124bc 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ This example creates a new mail user for Ed Meadows in the contoso.com cloud-bas ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the mail user. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalEmailAddress parameter specifies the target email address of the mail contact or mail user. By default, this value is used as the primary email address of the mail contact or mail user. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FederatedIdentity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MicrosoftOnlineServicesID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MicrosoftOnlineServicesID parameter specifies the user ID for the object. This parameter only applies to objects in the cloud-based service. It isn't available for on-premises deployments. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Password -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Password parameter specifies the password for the user's account. @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the mail user. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center, in address lists, and in Outlook. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FirstName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FirstName parameter specifies the user's first name. @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ImmutableId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ImmutableId parameter is used by GAL synchronization (GALSync) and specifies a unique and immutable identifier in the form of an SMTP address for an Exchange mailbox used for federated delegation when requesting Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) tokens. If federation is configured for this mailbox and you don't set this parameter when you create the mailbox, Exchange creates the value for the immutable ID based upon the mailbox's ExchangeGUID and the federated account namespace, for example, 7a78e7c8-620e-4d85-99d3-c90d90f29699@mail.contoso.com. @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Initials -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Initials parameter specifies the user's middle initials. @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LastName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LastName parameter specifies the user's last name. @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HVEAccount -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MacAttachmentFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MacAttachmentFormat parameter specifies the Apple Macintosh operating system attachment format to use for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service @@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageBodyFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageBodyFormat parameter specifies the message body format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageFormat parameter specifies the message format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -690,7 +690,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationalUnit -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationalUnit parameter specifies the location in Active Directory where the new mail user is created. @@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemotePowerShellEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RemotePowerShellEnabled parameter specifies whether the user has access to Exchange PowerShell. Valid values are: @@ -830,7 +830,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UsePreferMessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UsePreferMessageFormat specifies whether the message format settings configured for the mail user or mail contact override the global settings configured for the remote domain or configured by the message sender. Valid value are: @@ -875,7 +875,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md index 9a3283d0a7..ac1b6387ed 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MailboxSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InPlaceHoldEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InPlaceHoldEnabled parameter specifies whether to set an In-Place Hold on items in the search results. Valid values are: @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ItemHoldPeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ItemHoldPeriod parameter specifies the number of days for the In-Place Hold onthe mailbox items (all mailbox items or the items that are returned in the search query results). The duration is calculated from the time the item is received or created in the mailbox. Valid values are: @@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work on this cmdlet. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md index a25e05a53c..49d339a77f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ This example creates a new malware filter policy named Contoso Malware Filter Po ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the malware filter policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomExternalBody -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomExternalBody parameter specifies the custom body to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomExternalSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomExternalSubject parameter specifies the custom subject to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomFromAddress parameter specifies the custom From address to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal or external senders. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomFromName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomFromName parameter specifies the custom From name to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal or external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomInternalBody -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomInternalBody parameter specifies the custom body to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomInternalSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomInternalSubject parameter specifies the custom subject to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomNotifications parameter enables or disables the customization of notification messages for malware detections. Valid values are: @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableExternalSenderAdminNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableExternalSenderAdminNotifications parameter enables or disables sending notification messages to an administrator for malware detections in messages from internal senders. Valid values are: @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableFileFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableInternalSenderAdminNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableInternalSenderAdminNotifications parameter enables or disables sending notification messages to an administrator for malware detections in messages from internal senders. Valid values are: @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalSenderAdminAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalSenderAdminAddress parameter specifies the email address of the administrator who receives notifications messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FileTypeAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -607,7 +607,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalSenderAdminAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InternalSenderAdminAddress parameter specifies the email address of the administrator who receives notifications messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. @@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecommendedPolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterRule.md index cdd83af3d6..5c6c4d6716 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MalwareFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example creates a new malware filter rule named Contoso Recipients with the ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the malware filter rule. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MalwareFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MalwareFilterPolicy parameter specifies the malware filter policy that's associated with the malware filter rule. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter enables or disables the malware filter rule. Valid input for this parameter is $true or $false. The default value is $true. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md index a56a9a1470..1360654ba2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRole.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ In on-premises Exchange, this example creates the unscoped management role In-ho ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the role. The maximum length of the name is 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Parent parameter specifies the identity of the role to copy. If the name of the role contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you specify the Parent parameter, you can't use the UnScopedTopLevel switch. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies the description that's displayed when the management role is viewed using the Get-ManagementRole cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnabledCmdlets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnabledCmdlets parameter specifies the cmdlets that are copied from the parent role. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md index 6ba6506e29..d27b636b93 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementRoleAssignment.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ This example assigns the Mail Recipients role to the Contoso Sub - Seattle role ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a name for the new management role assignment. The maximum length of the name is 64 characters. If the management role assignment name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you don't specify a name, a name is created automatically. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -App -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Policy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Policy parameter specifies the name of the management role assignment policy to assign the management role to. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Role -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Role parameter specifies the existing role to assign. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the role. For example: @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SecurityGroup -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SecurityGroup parameter specifies the name of the management role group or mail-enabled universal security group to assign the management role to. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -User -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The User parameter specifies the user to assign the management role to. @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomRecipientWriteScope parameter specifies the existing recipient-based management scope to associate with this management role assignment. If the management scope name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you use the CustomRecipientWriteScope parameter, you can't use the RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope or ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameters. @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomResourceScope -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Delegating -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Delegating switch specifies whether the user or USG assigned to the role can delegate the role to other users or groups. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameter specifies the exclusive recipient-based management scope to associate with the new role assignment. If you use the ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameter, you can't use the CustomRecipientWriteScope or RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameters. If the scope name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAdministrativeUnitScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientGroupScope -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameter specifies the OU to scope the new role assignment to. If you use the RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameter, you can't use the CustomRecipientWriteScope or ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameters. To specify an OU, use the syntax: domain/ou. If the OU name contains spaces, enclose the domain and OU in quotation marks ("). @@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRelativeWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRelativeWriteScope parameter specifies the type of restriction to apply to a recipient scope. The available types are None, Organization, MyGAL, Self, and MyDistributionGroups. The RecipientRelativeWriteScope parameter is automatically set when the CustomRecipientWriteScope or RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameters are used. @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md index 3fea608e67..111400d993 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ManagementScope.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ This example creates the Seattle Databases scope and sets a database restriction ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the management scope. The name can be up to 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRestrictionFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRestrictionFilter parameter uses OPATH filter syntax to specify the recipients that are included in the scope. The syntax is `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Exclusive -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Exclusive switch specifies that the role should be an exclusive scope. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRoot -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRoot parameter specifies the organizational unit (OU) under which the filter specified with the RecipientRestrictionFilter parameter should be applied. Valid input for this parameter is an OU or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md index 863ff11d57..8005f103ba 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.MediaAndDevices-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowGooglePushNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowMicrosoftPushNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OnPremisesOrganization.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OnPremisesOrganization.md index 6a35db3846..811b23530d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OnPremisesOrganization.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OnPremisesOrganization.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example creates the OnPremisesOrganization object ExchangeMail in a Microso ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a friendly name for the on-premises Exchange organization object in the Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HybridDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HybridDomains parameter specifies the domains that are configured in the hybrid deployment between a Microsoft 365 organization and an on-premises Exchange organization. The domains specified in this parameter must match the domains listed in the HybridConfiguration object for the on-premises Exchange organization configured by the Hybrid Configuration wizard. Multiple domains might be listed and must be separated by a comma, for example, "contoso.com, sales.contoso.com". @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InboundConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InboundConnector parameter specifies the name of the inbound connector configured in Microsoft 365 for a hybrid deployment configured with an on-premises Exchange organization. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationGuid parameter specifies the globally unique identifier (GUID) of the on-premises Exchange organization object in the Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutboundConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutboundConnector parameter specifies the name of the outbound connector configured in Microsoft 365 for a hybrid deployment with an on-premises Exchange organization. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationName parameter specifies the Active Directory object name of the on-premises Exchange organization. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationRelationship parameter specifies the organization relationship configured by the Hybrid Configuration wizard on the Microsoft 365 organization as part of a hybrid deployment with an on-premises Exchange organization. This organization relationship defines the federated sharing features enabled on the Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OrganizationRelationship.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OrganizationRelationship.md index 2bacdcf096..be9d8bc201 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OrganizationRelationship.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OrganizationRelationship.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The requesting organization only receives free/busy information with the time. ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the organization relationship. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainNames -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DomainNames parameter specifies the SMTP domains of the external organization. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas (for example, "contoso.com","northamerica.contoso.com"), limited to 238 domains in one request. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ArchiveAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ArchiveAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship is configured to provide remote archive access. Valid values are: @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeliveryReportEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DeliveryReportEnabled parameter specifies whether Delivery Reports should be shared over the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship should be used to retrieve free/busy information from the external organization. Valid values are: @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessLevel parameter specifies the maximum amount of detail returned to the requesting organization. Valid values are: @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessScope parameter specifies an internal mail-enabled security group where member free/busy information is accessible by the external organization. For best performance, the group should have less than 10,000 members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMoveCapability -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMoveEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailboxMoveEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship enables moving mailboxes to or from the external organization. Valid values are: @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMovePublishedScopes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether MailTips for users in this organization are returned over this organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessLevel parameter specifies the level of MailTips data that's externally shared over this organization relationship. This parameter can have the following values: @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessScope parameter specifies a mail-enabled security group in the internal organization that contains users whose free/busy information is accessible by an external organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OAuthApplicationId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationContact -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationContact parameter specifies the email address that can be used to contact the external organization (for example, administrator@fourthcoffee.com). @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhotosEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhotosEnabled parameter specifies whether photos for users in the internal organization are returned over the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetApplicationUri -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetApplicationUri parameter specifies the target Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the external organization. The TargetApplicationUri parameter is specified by Exchange when requesting a delegated token for the external organization to fetch free and busy information, for example, mail.contoso.com. @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetAutodiscoverEpr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetAutodiscoverEpr parameter specifies the Autodiscover URL of Exchange Web Services for the external organization, for example, `https://contoso.com/autodiscover/autodiscover.svc/wssecurity`. Exchange uses the Autodiscover service to automatically detect the correct Exchange server endpoint to use for external requests. @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetOwaURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetOwaURL parameter specifies the Outlook on the web (formerly Outlook Web App) URL of the external organization defined in the organization relationship. It's used for Outlook on the web redirection in a cross-premise Exchange scenario. Configuring this attribute enables users in the organization to use their current Outlook on the web URL to access Outlook on the web in the external organization. @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetSharingEpr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetSharingEpr parameter specifies the URL of the target Exchange Web Services for the external organization. @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OutboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OutboundConnector.md index 539c5c9b79..716b697f19 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OutboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-OutboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This example creates the Outbound connector named Contoso Outbound Connector wit ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the connector. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllAcceptedDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllAcceptedDomains parameter specifies whether the Outbound connector is used in hybrid organizations where message recipients are in accepted domains of the cloud-based organization. Valid values are: @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CloudServicesMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: We recommend that you don't use this parameter unless you are directed to do so by Microsoft Customer Service and Support, or by specific product documentation. Instead, use the Hybrid Configuration wizard to configure mail flow between your on-premises and cloud organizations. For more information, see [Hybrid Configuration wizard](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/hybrid-configuration-wizard). @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorSource -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorSource parameter specifies how the connector is created. Valid values are: @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorType parameter specifies a category for the domains that are serviced by the connector. Valid values are: @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsTransportRuleScoped -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsTransportRuleScoped parameter specifies whether the Outbound connector is associated with a transport rule (also known as a mail flow rule). Valid values are: @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkForModifiedConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomains parameter specifies the domains that the Outbound connector routes mail to. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteAllMessagesViaOnPremises -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RouteAllMessagesViaOnPremises parameter specifies that all messages serviced by this connector are first routed through the on-premises email system in hybrid organizations. Valid values are: @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderRewritingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderRewritingEnabled parameter specifies that all messages that normally qualify for SRS rewriting are rewritten for routing through the on-premises email system. Valid values are: @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmartHosts -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SmartHosts parameter specifies the smart host that the Outbound connector uses to route mail. Valid values are: @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestMode parameter specifies whether you want to enabled or disable test mode for the Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsDomain parameter specifies the domain name that the Outbound connector uses to verify the FQDN of the target certificate when establishing a TLS secured connection. A valid value for this parameter is an SMTP domain. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsSettings -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsSettings parameter specifies the TLS authentication level that's used for outbound TLS connections established by this Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseMXRecord -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UseMXRecord parameter enables or disables DNS routing for the connector. Valid values are: @@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePermissions.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePermissions.md index 07e69cfb7f..83b31109ad 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePermissions.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePermissions.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ In the same PowerShell session, you can use `$FullAccess` for the _EndUserQuaran ### -PermissionToAllowSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToAllowSender parameter specifies whether users are allowed to add the quarantined message sender to their Safe Senders list. Valid values are: @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToBlockSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToBlockSender parameter specifies whether users are allowed to add the quarantined message sender to their Blocked Senders list. Valid values are: @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToDelete -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToDelete parameter specifies whether users are allowed to delete messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToDownload -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToDownload parameter specifies whether users are allowed to download messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToPreview -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToPreview parameter specifies whether users are allowed to preview quarantined messages. Valid values are: @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToRelease -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToRelease parameter specifies whether users are allowed to directly release affected messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToRequestRelease -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToRequestRelease parameter specifies whether users are allowed to request messages to be released from quarantine. The request must be approved by an admin. Valid values are: @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToViewHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToViewHeader parameter specifies whether users are allowed to view the message headers of quarantined messages. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePolicy.md index 6cfaa0b09b..fff1e78944 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-QuarantinePolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ To assign Limited access permissions, use the value 27. To assign Full access pe ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the quarantine policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the quarantine policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationFrequencyInDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminQuarantinePermissionsList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomDisclaimer -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserQuarantinePermissions -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: To set permissions in quarantine policies, we recommend using the EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue parameter. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue parameter specifies the end-user permissions for the quarantine policy. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress specifies the email address of an existing internal sender to use as the sender for quarantine notifications. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency parameter specifies how often quarantine notifications are sent to users. Valid values are: @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequencyInDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EsnCustomSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EsnCustomSubject parameter specifies the text to use in the Subject field of quarantine notifications. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ESNEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ESNEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable quarantine notifications (formerly known as end-user spam notifications) for the policy. Valid values are: @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress parameter specifies whether to send quarantine notifications for quarantined messages from blocked sender addresses. Valid values are: @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageCustomDisclaimer -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageSenderName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageSetting -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationBrandingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineRetentionDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantinePolicyType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md index eef83073bd..799974d569 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleAssignmentPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Because setting the new role assignment as default applies only to new mailboxes ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the new assignment policy. If the assignment policy name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). The maximum length of the name is 64 characters. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies the description that's displayed when the role assignment policy is viewed using the Get-RoleAssignmentPolicy cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsDefault switch makes the assignment policy the default assignment policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Roles -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Roles parameter specifies the management roles to assign to the role assignment policy when it's created. If a role name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you want to assign more that one role, separate the role names with commas. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md index 35d6bdc6ef..33c8be0e8e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-RoleGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ This example removes the role assignment between the Distribution Groups managem ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the new role group. The name can have a maximum of 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomRecipientWriteScope parameter specifies the existing recipient-based management scope to associate with management role assignments created with this role group. If the management scope name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies the description that's displayed when the role group is viewed using the Get-RoleGroup cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the friendly name of the role group. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). This parameter has a maximum length of 256 characters. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter specifies the users or USGs who can modify the configuration of a role group or add and remove members to or from a role group. @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Members parameter specifies the mailboxes or mail-enabled USGs to add as a member of the role group. You can identify the user or group by the name, DN, or primary SMTP address value. You can specify multiple members separated by commas (`Value1,Value2,...ValueN`). If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks (`"Value 1","Value 2",..."Value N"`). @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Roles -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Roles parameter specifies the management roles to assign to the role group when it's created. If a role name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). If you want to assign more that one role, separate the role names with commas. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WellKnownObject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ServicePrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ServicePrincipal.md index 6189996d80..28dd8cd1ee 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ServicePrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-ServicePrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example create a new service principal in Exchange Online with the specifie ### -AppId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AppId parameter specifies the unique AppId GUID value for the service principal. For example, ca73fffa-cedb-4b84-860f-d7fb8aa8a6c1. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ObjectId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ObjectId parameter specifies the unique ObjectId GUID value for the service principal. For example, 7c7599b2-23af-45e3-99ff-0025d148e929. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServiceId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is being deprecated. Use the ObjectId parameter instead. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the friendly name of the service principal. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md index f4de39cad9..6ad5a38853 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ For URLs identified as malware or high-confidence phishing, you need to submit t ### -Entries -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Entries parameter specifies the values that you want to add to the Tenant Allow/Block List based on the ListType parameter value: @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpirationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExpirationDate parameter set the expiration date of the entry in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListType parameter specifies the type of entry to add. Valid values are: @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NoExpiration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The NoExpiration switch specifies that the entry should never expire. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Allow -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Allow switch specifies that you're creating an allow entry. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Block -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Allow switch specifies that you're creating a block entry. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListSubType parameter specifies the subtype for this entry. Valid values are: @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogExtraDetails -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill LogExtraDetails Description }} @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveAfter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RemoveAfter parameter enables the **Remove on** \> **45 days after last used date** feature for an allow entry. The LastUsedDate property is populated when the bad entity in the allow entry is encountered by the filtering system during mail flow or time of click. The allow entry is kept for 45 days after the filtering system determines that the entity is clean. @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutputJson -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutputJson switch specifies whether to return all entries in a single JSON value. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubmissionID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md index 049fb245fe..0fc42deed5 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example creates an allow entry for the sender bob@contoso.com from the sour ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter uses the value Default. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendingInfrastructure -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendingInfrastructure parameter specifies the source of the messages sent by the spoofed sender that's defined in the SpoofedUser parameter. Valid values are: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: True ### -SpoofedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofedUser parameter specifies the email address or domain for the spoofed sender entry. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: True ### -SpoofType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofType parameter specifies whether this is an internal or external spoofed sender entry. Valid values are: @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter specifies whether is an allowed or blocked spoofed sender entry. Valid values are: @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md index a2329082aa..7870ab8e30 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ This example creates a rule with the following settings: ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActivationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActivationDate parameter specifies when the rule starts processing messages. The rule doesn't take any action on messages until the specified date/time. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ADComparisonAttribute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ADComparisonOperator -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddManagerAsRecipientType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerFallbackAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -810,7 +810,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyOME -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyRightsProtectionCustomizationTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyRightsProtectionTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentExtensionMatchesWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentHasExecutableContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -960,7 +960,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentIsPasswordProtected -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentIsUnsupported -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentNameMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1064,7 +1064,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentProcessingLimitExceeded -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentPropertyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1132,7 +1132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BetweenMemberOf1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BetweenMemberOf2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlindCopyTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies optional descriptive text for the rule (for example, what the rule is used for, or how it has changed over time). The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1298,7 +1298,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContentCharacterSetContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CopyTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1353,7 +1353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeleteMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1378,7 +1378,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Disconnect -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the new rule is created as enabled or disabled. Valid values are: @@ -1468,7 +1468,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfADComparisonAttribute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfADComparisonOperator -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1547,7 +1547,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1582,7 +1582,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1617,7 +1617,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1704,7 +1704,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1739,7 +1739,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1809,7 +1809,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentExtensionMatchesWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentHasExecutableContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentIsPasswordProtected -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentIsUnsupported -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1940,7 +1940,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1966,7 +1966,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentNameMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1988,7 +1988,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentProcessingLimitExceeded -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentPropertyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2056,7 +2056,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2088,7 +2088,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfBetweenMemberOf1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfBetweenMemberOf2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfContentCharacterSetContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2174,7 +2174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2207,7 +2207,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2231,7 +2231,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasNoClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2368,7 +2368,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasSenderOverride -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderContainsMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2417,7 +2417,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderMatchesMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2465,7 +2465,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfManagerAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfManagerForEvaluatedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2609,7 +2609,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageTypeMatches -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2699,7 +2699,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2777,7 +2777,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2801,7 +2801,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientInSenderList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSCLOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2872,7 +2872,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2930,7 +2930,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2986,7 +2986,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3012,7 +3012,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderInRecipientList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -3032,7 +3032,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderIpRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderManagementRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3087,7 +3087,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3147,7 +3147,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3200,7 +3200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3222,7 +3222,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectOrBodyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3248,7 +3248,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectOrBodyMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3270,7 +3270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfWithImportance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3296,7 +3296,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpiryDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3318,7 +3318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -From -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3351,7 +3351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3375,7 +3375,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3401,7 +3401,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3434,7 +3434,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3459,7 +3459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateIncidentReport -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3490,7 +3490,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateNotification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3523,7 +3523,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3551,7 +3551,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasNoClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasSenderOverride -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3603,7 +3603,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderContainsMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3625,7 +3625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3651,7 +3651,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderMatchesMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3673,7 +3673,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3697,7 +3697,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncidentReportContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3765,7 +3765,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogEventText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3795,7 +3795,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagerAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3828,7 +3828,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagerForEvaluatedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3885,7 +3885,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3917,7 +3917,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTypeMatches -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3949,7 +3949,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Mode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Mode parameter specifies how the rule operates. Valid values are: @@ -3971,7 +3971,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerateMessageByManager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3998,7 +3998,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerateMessageByUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4067,7 +4067,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrependSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4091,7 +4091,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -4117,7 +4117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Quarantine -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4144,7 +4144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4202,7 +4202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4258,7 +4258,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4280,7 +4280,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4304,7 +4304,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4327,7 +4327,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4351,7 +4351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientInSenderList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4371,7 +4371,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RedirectMessageTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4402,7 +4402,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageEnhancedStatusCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4430,7 +4430,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageReasonText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4462,7 +4462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4484,7 +4484,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveOME -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4509,7 +4509,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveOMEv2 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4534,7 +4534,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveRMSAttachmentEncryption -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4561,7 +4561,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteMessageOutboundConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4587,7 +4587,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteMessageOutboundRequireTls -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4612,7 +4612,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RuleErrorAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RuleErrorAction parameter specifies what to do if rule processing can't be completed on messages. Valid values are: @@ -4633,7 +4633,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RuleSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RuleSubType parameter specifies the rule type. Valid values are: @@ -4654,7 +4654,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SCLOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4681,7 +4681,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4739,7 +4739,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4795,7 +4795,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddressLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddressLocation parameter specifies where to look for sender addresses in conditions and exceptions that examine sender email addresses. Valid values are: @@ -4825,7 +4825,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4851,7 +4851,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderInRecipientList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4871,7 +4871,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderIpRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4901,7 +4901,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderManagementRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4926,7 +4926,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4957,7 +4957,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4990,7 +4990,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5017,7 +5017,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetAuditSeverity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5044,7 +5044,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetHeaderName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5066,7 +5066,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetHeaderValue -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5088,7 +5088,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetSCL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5113,7 +5113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpRejectMessageRejectStatusCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -5137,7 +5137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpRejectMessageRejectText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -5161,7 +5161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StopRuleProcessing -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5186,7 +5186,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5212,7 +5212,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5234,7 +5234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectOrBodyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5260,7 +5260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectOrBodyMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5282,7 +5282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseLegacyRegex -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UseLegacyRegex parameter specifies whether the rule uses regular expression syntax that's compatible with Exchange Server 2010. Valid values are: @@ -5303,7 +5303,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -5321,7 +5321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WithImportance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md index 840c3aec79..209cd3c803 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/New-UnifiedGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ This example creates a new Microsoft 365 Group named Engineering Department. ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the name of the Microsoft 365 Group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center, address lists, and Outlook. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DlIdentity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DlIdentity parameter specifies the distribution group (also known as a distribution list or DL) that you want to migrate to a Microsoft 365 Group. The distribution group must be a universal distribution group (the RecipientTypeDetails property value is MailUniversalDistributionGroup). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the distribution group. For example: @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AccessType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AccessType parameter specifies the privacy type for the Microsoft 365 Group. Valid values are: @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the Microsoft 365 Group. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AlwaysSubscribeMembersToCalendarEvents -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AlwaysSubscribeMembersToCalendarEvents switch controls the default subscription settings of new members that are added to the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoSubscribeNewMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AutoSubscribeNewMembers switch specifies whether to automatically subscribe new members that are added to the Microsoft 365 Group to conversations and calendar events. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Classification -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConvertClosedDlToPrivateGroup -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConvertClosedDlToPrivateGroup switch specifies whether to migrate the closed distribution group to a private Microsoft 365 Group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DataEncryptionPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DataEncryptionPolicy parameter specifies the data encryption policy that's applied to the Microsoft 365 Group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeleteDlAfterMigration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DeleteDlAfterMigration switch specifies whether to delete the distribution group after it's migrated to a Microsoft 365 Group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EmailAddresses parameter specifies all email addresses (proxy addresses) for the Microsoft 365 Group, including the primary SMTP address. In cloud-based organizations, the primary SMTP address and other proxy addresses for Microsoft 365 Groups are typically set by email address policies. However, you can use this parameter to configure other proxy addresses for the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExecutingUser -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExoErrorAsWarning -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExoErrorAsWarning switch specifies that Exchange Online errors that you encounter while creating the Microsoft 365 Group are treated as warnings, not errors. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenGroupMembershipEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HiddenGroupMembershipEnabled switch specifies whether to hide the members of the Microsoft 365 Group from users who aren't members of the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsMemberAllowedToEditContent -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill IsMemberAllowedToEditContent Description }} @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Language -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Language parameter specifies the language preference for the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailboxRegion parameter specifies the preferred data location (PDL) for the Microsoft 365 Group in multi-geo environments. @@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Members parameter specifies the recipients (mail-enabled objects) that are members of the Microsoft 365 Group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -592,7 +592,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameter specifies the description of the Microsoft 365 Group. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Owner -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Owner parameter specifies the for the Microsoft 365 Group. An owner is a group member who has certain privileges, such as the ability to edit group properties. @@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. You can't use the EmailAddresses and PrimarySmtpAddress parameters in the same command. @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -696,7 +696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SensitivityLabelId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SensitivityLabelId parameter specifies the GUID value of the sensitivity label that's assigned to the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubscriptionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SubscriptionEnabled switch specifies whether subscriptions to conversations and calendar events are enabled for the Microsoft 365 Group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SuppressWarmupMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Preview-QuarantineMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Preview-QuarantineMessage.md index d111fb6995..f6560e4bcd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Preview-QuarantineMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Preview-QuarantineMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example previews the quarantined message that has the specified Identity va ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to preview. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Release-QuarantineMessage.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Release-QuarantineMessage.md index 211696a797..9ab32f3bf4 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Release-QuarantineMessage.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Release-QuarantineMessage.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ This example releases a file that was quarantined as part of Safe Attachments fo ### -Identities -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identities parameter identifies quarantined messages for bulk operations. You identify the messages by using the syntax: `value1,value2,...valueN`. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantined message that you want to release. The value is a unique quarantined message identifier in the format `GUID1\GUID2` (for example `c14401cf-aa9a-465b-cfd5-08d0f0ca37c5\4c2ca98e-94ea-db3a-7eb8-3b63657d4db7`). @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReleaseToAll -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReleaseToAll switch releases the quarantined message to all original recipients. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -User -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The User parameter specifies the email address of the user to whom you want to release the quarantined message. You can specify multiple email addresses separated by commas. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActionType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActionType parameter specifies the release action type. Valid values are: @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllowSender switch specifies that all future messages from the sender isn't quarantined. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EntityType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EntityType parameter filters the results by EntityType. Valid values are: @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportFalsePositive -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReportFalsePositive switch specifies whether to report the message as a false positive to Microsoft (good message marked as bad). You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md index 4c0519e57b..5db91a0bbc 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the antiphish policy named Quarantine Policy. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish policy that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishRule.md index 6977beb97b..42fd799a84 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AntiPhishRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This examples removes the antiphish rule named Research Department Phishing Rule ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md index 484f3eeee3..5acd3a5e14 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example removes the specified policy. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the application access policy that you want to remove. To find the Identity value for the policy, run the command Get-ApplicationAccessPolicy | Format-List Identity,Description,ScopeName,AccessRight,AppID. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md index eb9395b901..be6d85590b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-AuthenticationPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example removes the authentication policy named "Engineering Group". ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the authentication policy you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowLegacyExchangeTokens -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TenantId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedConnector.md index b89de490a5..2b7e9e5b18 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ This unblocks the specified blocked connector. ### -ConnectorId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorId parameter specifies the blocked connector that you want to unblock. The value is a GUID (for example, 159eb7c4-75d7-43e2-95fe-ced44b3e0a56). You can find this value from the output of the Get-BlockedConnector command. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Reason -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Reason parameter specifies comments about why you're unblocking the blocked connector. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md index 0e9b5b1757..19a268254d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-BlockedSenderAddress.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example unblocks the user julia@contoso.com. ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter specifies the email address of the user that you want to unblock. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Reason -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Reason parameter specifies the reason the user was blocked (the Reason property value). If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroup.md index 383997a66e..69174f6581 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example removes the distribution group named Temporary Staff. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the distribution group or mail-enabled security group that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md index 48f4e68cfb..326a6605c8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DistributionGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example removes Jan Dryml from the distribution group named Technical Suppo ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the distribution group or mail-enabled security group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Member -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Member parameter specifies the recipient that you want to remove from the group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md index addd191d7f..a314eea80d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DkimSigningConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the DKIM signing policy for the contoso.com domain. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the DKIM signing policy that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md index d39e9ff8ea..516dbcc87e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-DynamicDistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example deletes the dynamic distribution group named Test Users. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the dynamic distribution group that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the dynamic distribution group. For example: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md index cd91523b35..a5b4715a2d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example removes the existing rule for the built-in security features for al ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md index 2de6203b68..b77fcfe5dd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example removes the spam filter policy named Contoso Content Filter Policy. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter policy that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md index 1a10fd29d9..6125cc28ec 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedContentFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example removes the spam filter rule named Contoso Recipients. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md index 0d328a1aaa..8d10cd612a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the outbound spam filter policy named Contoso Executives. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter policy you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md index 928860c35e..289876e8d2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example removes the outbound spam filter rule named Contoso Executives. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-InboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-InboundConnector.md index b75c6d0852..08f7d6f10b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-InboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-InboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example deletes the Inbound connector named Contoso Inbound Connector. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Inbound connector you want to remove. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md index 83b6c22e1f..767a4d34d2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailContact.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example removes the mail contact named John. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mail contact that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail contact. For example: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md index 27bdf66632..0a9e41e2da 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MailUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example removes the mail user named Ed Meadows. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mail user that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail user. For example: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md index cde2352cac..9b09eb5c15 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example removes the malware filter policy named Contoso Malware Filter Poli ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter policy you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter policy. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md index c04a2ceb8f..bacc7ad26b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-MalwareFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the malware filter rule named Contoso Recipients. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter rule. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRole.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRole.md index 7c272978a2..c40627c1ed 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRole.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRole.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ For more information about unscoped top-level management roles, see [Understandi ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the custom role to remove. If the name of the role contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Recurse -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Recurse switch removes the specified role and all child roles of the specified role. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md index e26f54ba29..837560a5a9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleAssignment.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ After the list of role assignments to be removed is confirmed, remove the WhatIf ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the role assignment to remove. If the role assignment name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md index 7e6c993a43..a9c9164d62 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementRoleEntry.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ This example forces you to acknowledge the command before proceeding (we didn't ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role entry that you want to remove. This parameter uses the syntax: `\` (for example, `CustomRole\Set-Mailbox`). @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementScope.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementScope.md index cbd3a39ac5..be2ab9c357 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementScope.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ManagementScope.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ After you verify that the scopes to be removed are correct, run the command agai ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the scope to remove. You can't remove a scope if it's in use by a management role assignment. @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md index f60fdee79e..54774ae6fe 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OrganizationRelationship.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example removes the organization relationship Contoso using the Identity pa ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the organization relationship that you want to remove. You can use one of the following values: @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OutboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OutboundConnector.md index 9a4192bf4c..fb283d448b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OutboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-OutboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example deletes the Outbound connector named Contoso Outbound Connector. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the connector you want to remove. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md index 4661faef74..633a7f649f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-QuarantinePolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example removes the quarantine policy named Contoso Engineering. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantine policy you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md index e70371f1c6..93b800872b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ This example removes the Vancouver Recipient Administrators role group. Because ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group to remove. If the role group name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroupMember.md index 492383a806..531ab71383 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-RoleGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ This example removes the Training Assistants USG from the Training Administrator ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group that you want to remove a member from. If the role group name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Member -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Member parameter specifies who to remove from the role group. You can specify the following types of users or groups (security principals) for this parameter: @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ServicePrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ServicePrincipal.md index c335f5b35f..0c6982adf1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ServicePrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-ServicePrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example removes the specified service principal. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the service principal that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the service principal. For example: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md index 98cf2e12da..5eb0955f31 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This example removes the URL allow entry for the specified non-Microsoft phishin ### -Entries -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Entries parameter specifies the entries that you want to remove based on the ListType parameter value. Valid values are: @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Ids -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Ids parameter specifies the entries that you want to remove. This value is shown in the Identity property in the output of the Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems cmdlet. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListType parameter specifies the type of entry that you want to remove. Valid values are: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListSubType specifies further specifies the type of entry that you want to remove. Valid values are: @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutputJson -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutputJson switch specifies whether to return all entries in a single JSON value. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md index 8e2392eaba..805be1743c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example removes the specified spoofed sender. You get the Ids parameter val ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes Use the value `domain.com\Default` for this parameter. The spoofed sender that you want to remove is really identified by the Ids parameter. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Ids -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Ids parameter specifies the spoof pair that you want to remove. A valid value for this parameter is the Identity property value from the output of the Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems cmdlet. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TransportRule.md index 91eb6434d2..b2c175727c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example removes the rule named "Redirect messages from kim@contoso.com to l ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-UnifiedGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-UnifiedGroup.md index 28b72dc892..904b7f8c8d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-UnifiedGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-UnifiedGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example removes the Microsoft 365 Group named Research Department. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to remove. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Microsoft 365 Group. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-UnifiedGroupLinks.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-UnifiedGroupLinks.md index 494ea656fd..040a8a962a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-UnifiedGroupLinks.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Remove-UnifiedGroupLinks.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example removes members `laura@contoso.com` and `julia@contoso.com` from th ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Microsoft 365 Group. For example: @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Links -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Links parameter specifies the recipients to remove from the Microsoft 365 Group. You specify whether these recipients were members, owners, or subscribers by using the LinkType parameter. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LinkType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LinkType parameter specifies the recipient's role in the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to remove. Valid values are: @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Rotate-DkimSigningConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Rotate-DkimSigningConfig.md index 14fd8444d3..77b7af8050 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Rotate-DkimSigningConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Rotate-DkimSigningConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example rotates the DKIM signing policy for the contoso.com domain. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the DKIM signing policy that you want to rotate. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -KeySize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The KeySize parameter specifies the size in bits of the public key that's used in the DKIM signing policy. Valid values are: @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Search-AdminAuditLog.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Search-AdminAuditLog.md index 870d841fbc..e24b9200c9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Search-AdminAuditLog.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Search-AdminAuditLog.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ This example returns entries in the administrator audit log of an Exchange Onlin ### -Cmdlets -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Cmdlets parameter filters the results by the cmdlets that were used. You can specify multiple cmdlets separated by commas. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalAccess -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalAccess parameter filters the results by changes that were made (cmdlets that were run) by users outside of your organization. Valid values are: @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsSuccess -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsSuccess parameter filters the results by whether the changes were successful. Valid values are: @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ObjectIds -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ObjectIds parameter filters the results by the object that was modified (the mailbox, public folder, Send connector, transport rule, accepted domain, etc. that the cmdlet operated on). A valid value depends on how the object is represented in the audit log. For example: @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Parameters parameter filters the results by the parameters that were used. You can only use this parameter with the Cmdlets parameter (you can't use it by itself). You can specify multiple parameters separated by commas. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. The default value is 1000. @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartIndex -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartIndex parameter specifies the position in the result set where the displayed results start. @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserIds -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UserIds parameter filters the results by the user who made the change (who ran the cmdlet). diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Search-UnifiedAuditLog.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Search-UnifiedAuditLog.md index 6c403ffeeb..dd9a0a9f07 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Search-UnifiedAuditLog.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Search-UnifiedAuditLog.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ This example searches the unified audit log from May 1, 2023 to May 8, 2023 for ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. Entries are stored in the unified audit log in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). If you specify a date/time value without a time zone, the value is in UTC. @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. Entries are stored in the unified audit log in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). If you specify a date/time value without a time zone, the value is in UTC. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Formatted -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Formatted switch causes attributes that are normally returned as integers (for example, RecordType and Operation) to be formatted as descriptive strings. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeText -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeText parameter filters the log entries by the specified text string. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighCompleteness -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: This parameter is currently in Preview, isn't available in all organizations, and is subject to change. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IPAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IPAddresses parameter filters the log entries by the specified IP addresses. You specify multiple IP addresses separated by commas. @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LongerRetentionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill LongerRetentionEnabled Description }} @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ObjectIds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ObjectIds parameter filters the log entries by object ID. The object ID is the target object that was acted upon, and depends on the RecordType and Operations values of the event. @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Operations -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Operations parameter filters the log entries by operation. The available values for this parameter depend on the RecordType value. For a list of the available values for this parameter, see [Audited activities](https://learn.microsoft.com/purview/audit-log-activities). @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecordType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecordType parameter filters the log entries by record type. For details about the available values, see [AuditLogRecordType](https://learn.microsoft.com/office/office-365-management-api/office-365-management-activity-api-schema#auditlogrecordtype). @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResultSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResultSize parameter specifies the maximum number of results to return. The default value is 100, maximum is 5,000. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SessionCommand -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SessionCommand parameter specifies how much information is returned and how it's organized. This parameter is required if you want to retrieve more than the default limit of 100 results. Valid values are: @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SessionId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SessionId parameter specifies an ID string to identify a command (the cmdlet and its parameters) that's run multiple times to return paged data. The SessionId can be any string value you choose. @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SiteIds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SiteIds parameter filters the log entries by the SharePoint SiteId (GUID). You can enter multiple values separated by commas: `Value1, Value2,...ValueN`. @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserIds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UserIds parameter filters the log entries by the account (UserPrincipalName) of the user who performed the action. For example, laura@contoso.onmicrosoft.com. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AcceptedDomain.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AcceptedDomain.md index 79b84fb443..b67d919502 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AcceptedDomain.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AcceptedDomain.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example makes the accepted domain Contoso the default accepted domain. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the accepted domain you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the accepted domain object. For example, you can use the name, GUID or distinguished name (DN) of the accepted domain. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CanHaveCloudCache -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DomainType parameter specifies the accepted domain type. Valid values are: @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableNego2Authentication -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MatchSubDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MatchSubDomains parameter enables mail to be sent by and received from users on any subdomain of this accepted domain. The default value is $false. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutboundOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendingFromDomainDisabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendingToDomainDisabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AccessToCustomerDataRequest.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AccessToCustomerDataRequest.md index 1548e99af5..187f93f397 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AccessToCustomerDataRequest.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AccessToCustomerDataRequest.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example approves the customer lockbox request EXSR123456 with a comment. ### -ApprovalDecision -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ApprovalDecision parameter specifies the approval decision for the customer lockbox request. Valid values are: @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequestId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequestId parameter specifies the reference number of the customer lockbox request that you want to approve, deny, or cancel (for example, EXSR123456). @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ServiceName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ServiceName parameter specifies the related service. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AdminAuditLogConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AdminAuditLogConfig.md index 0a6ed0dac7..2e0d56fb1e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AdminAuditLogConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AdminAuditLogConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UnifiedAuditLogIngestionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AntiPhishPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AntiPhishPolicy.md index 4cfb21fc4b..c79fffe895 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AntiPhishPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AntiPhishPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ In Microsoft Defender for Office 365, this example modifies the default antiphis ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish policy that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthenticationFailAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DmarcQuarantineAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DmarcRejectAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableFirstContactSafetyTips -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableFirstContactSafetyTips parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the safety tip that's shown when recipients first receive an email from a sender or do not often receive email from a sender. Valid values are: @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableSpoofIntelligence -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableUnauthenticatedSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableViaTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HonorDmarcPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This setting is part of spoof protection. @@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MakeDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MakeDefault switch makes this antiphish policy the default antiphish policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpoofQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpoofQuarantineTag specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined by spoof intelligence (the AuthenticationFailAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AntiPhishRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AntiPhishRule.md index e84298092e..44a773c122 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AntiPhishRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AntiPhishRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example modifies the existing antiphish rule named Engineering Department P ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the antiphish rule that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AntiPhishPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AntiPhishPolicy parameter specifies the antiphish policy that's associated with the antiphish rule. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the antiphish rule. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-App.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-App.md index ac6e743d11..8737ca8a97 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-App.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-App.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ This example disables the organization app named FinanceTestApp across the organ ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the AppID (GUID value) of the app that you want to modify. To find the GUID value of an app, run the command Get-App | Format-Table -Auto DisplayName,AppId. @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md index b2e7429a58..a037aba0ee 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example modifies the description of the specified policy. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the application access policy that you want to modify. To find the Identity value for the policy, run the command Get-ApplicationAccessPolicy | Format-List Identity,Description,ScopeName,AccessRight,AppID. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter modifies the description of the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work on this cmdlet. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ArcConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ArcConfig.md index 9bbb3811d5..f8c6c3eb65 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ArcConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ArcConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ If no other ARC sealers exist after removing this entry from the list, using the ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the trusted ARC sealers list that you want to modify. Use one of the following values: @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ArcTrustedSealers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ArcTrustedSealers parameter specifies the domain name of the ARC sealers that you want to add. @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AuthenticationPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AuthenticationPolicy.md index dd18444db7..b1170f2db8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AuthenticationPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-AuthenticationPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ In Exchange 2019, this example re-enables Basic authentication for Exchange Repo ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the authentication policy you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthActiveSync -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthAutodiscover -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthImap -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthMapi -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthOfflineAddressBook -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthOutlookService -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthPop -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthPowershell -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthReportingWebServices -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthRpc -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthSmtp -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowBasicAuthWebServices -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowLegacyExchangeTokens -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockLegacyExchangeTokens -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TenantId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CASMailbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CASMailbox.md index 07ac50c1d5..e39e5e2d10 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CASMailbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CASMailbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ This example sets the display name and disables Outlook Anywhere access for the ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to configure. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CASMailboxPlan.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CASMailboxPlan.md index d7570a544d..202aa701bc 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CASMailboxPlan.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CASMailboxPlan.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example disables Exchange ActiveSync and POP3 access to mailboxes in the CA ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the CAS mailbox plan that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the CAS mailbox plan. For example: @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActiveSyncEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActiveSyncEnabled parameter enables or disables access to the mailbox by using Exchange Active Sync (EAS). Valid values are: @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ECPEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill ECPEnabled Description }} @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EwsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill EwsEnabled Description }} @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ImapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ImapEnabled parameter enables or disables access to the mailbox by using IMAP4 clients. Valid values are: @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MAPIEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill MAPIEnabled Description }} @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OWAEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill OWAEnabled Description }} @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OwaMailboxPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OwaMailboxPolicy parameter specifies the Outlook on the web (formerly known as Outlook Web App) mailbox policy for the mailbox. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PopEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PopEnabled parameter enables or disables access to the mailbox by using POP3 clients. Valid values are: @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CalendarProcessing.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CalendarProcessing.md index f5bac22e59..29e8cd6b3f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CalendarProcessing.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-CalendarProcessing.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ This example rejects meeting requests from any user who isn't a member of the Ex ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the resource mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1107,7 +1107,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Clutter.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Clutter.md index 69a1410858..dc300ab256 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Clutter.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Clutter.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.Management-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ This example disables Clutter for the user Alexander Martinez. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enable -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enable parameter specifies whether to enable or disable Clutter for the mailbox. Valid values are: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseCustomRouting -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill UseCustomRouting Description }} diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Contact.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Contact.md index 835d80fec1..2005308dcc 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Contact.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Contact.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Change the Company parameter value to Contoso. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the contact that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the contact. For example: @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AssistantName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AssistantName parameter specifies the name of the contact's assistant. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -City -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The City parameter specifies the contact's city. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Company -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Company parameter specifies the contact's company. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CountryOrRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CountryOrRegion parameter specifies the contact's country or region. A valid value is a valid ISO 3166-1 two-letter country code (for example, AU for Australia) or the corresponding friendly name for the country (which might be different from the official ISO 3166 Maintenance Agency short name). @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Department -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Department parameter specifies the contact's department. @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the contact. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Fax -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Fax parameter specifies the contact's fax number. @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FirstName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FirstName parameter specifies the user's first name. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GeoCoordinates -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GeoCoordinates parameter specifies the contact's location in latitude, longitude and (optionally) altitude coordinates. A valid value for this parameter uses one of the following formats: @@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HomePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HomePhone parameter specifies the contact's home telephone number. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Initials -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Initials parameter specifies the user's middle initials. @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LastName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LastName parameter specifies the user's last name. @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Manager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Manager parameter specifies the contact's manager. @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MobilePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MobilePhone parameter specifies the contact's primary mobile phone number. @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the contact. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Office -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Office parameter specifies the user's physical office name or number. @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherFax -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OtherFax parameter specifies the contact's alternative fax number. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherHomePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OtherHomePhone parameter specifies the contact's alternative home telephone number. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherTelephone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OtherTelephone parameter specifies the contact's alternative office telephone number. @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Pager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Pager parameter specifies the contact's pager number. @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Phone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Phone parameter specifies the contact's office telephone number. @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhoneticDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhoneticDisplayName parameter specifies an alternate spelling of the user's name that's used for text to speech in Unified Messaging (UM) environments. Typically, you use this parameter when the pronunciation and spelling of the user's name don't match. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -644,7 +644,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PostalCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PostalCode parameter specifies the contact's postal code. @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PostOfficeBox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PostOfficeBox parameter specifies the contact's post office box number. @@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SeniorityIndex -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SeniorityIndex parameter specifies the order in which this contact displays in a hierarchical address book. A contact with a value of 2 displays higher in an address book than a contact with a value of 1. @@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SimpleDisplayName parameter is used to display an alternative description of the object when only a limited set of characters is permitted. Valid characters are: @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StateOrProvince -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StateOrProvince parameter specifies the contact's state or province. @@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StreetAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StreetAddress parameter specifies the contact's physical address. @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TelephoneAssistant -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TelephoneAssistant parameter specifies the telephone number of the contact's assistant. @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Title -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Title parameter specifies the contact's title. @@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WebPage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WebPage parameter specifies the contact's web page. @@ -866,7 +866,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DataEncryptionPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DataEncryptionPolicy.md index 737d608e85..d8b0b56f0b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DataEncryptionPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DataEncryptionPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermanentDataPurgeContact -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermanentDataPurgeContact parameter specifies a contact for the purge of all data that's encrypted by the data encryption policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermanentDataPurgeReason -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermanentDataPurgeReason parameter specifies a descriptive reason for the purge of all data that's encrypted by the data encryption policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermanentDataPurgeRequested -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermanentDataPurgeRequested switch specifies whether to initiate the deletion of all data that's encrypted by the data encryption policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter enables or disable the data encryption policy. Valid values are: @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DistributionGroup.md index 0a06420b0c..74229facba 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ This example changes the name of an existing distribution group from Ed\_DirectR ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the distribution group or mail-enabled security group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccBlocked -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this moderated recipient without approval from a moderator. Valid values for this parameter are individual senders and groups in your organization. Specifying a group means all members of the group are allowed to send messages to this recipient without approval from a moderator. @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassNestedModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ByPassNestedModerationEnabled parameter specifies how to handle message approval when a moderated group contains other moderated groups as members. Valid values are: @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute10 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute11 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute12 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -543,7 +543,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute13 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute14 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute15 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -669,7 +669,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute6 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute7 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute8 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -723,7 +723,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute9 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EmailAddresses parameter specifies all email addresses (proxy addresses) for the recipient, including the primary SMTP address. In on-premises Exchange organizations, the primary SMTP address and other proxy addresses are typically set by email address policies. However, you can use this parameter to configure other proxy addresses for the recipient. For more information, see [Email address policies in Exchange Server](https://learn.microsoft.com/Exchange/email-addresses-and-address-books/email-address-policies/email-address-policies). @@ -890,7 +890,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -986,7 +986,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1010,7 +1010,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceUpgrade -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ForceUpgrade switch suppresses the confirmation message that appears if the object was created in a previous version of Exchange. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GrantSendOnBehalfTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GrantSendOnBehalfTo parameter specifies who can send on behalf of this group. Although messages send on behalf of the group clearly show the sender in the From field (` on behalf of `), replies to these messages are delivered to the group, not the sender. @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter specifies whether this recipient is visible in address lists. Valid values are: @@ -1086,7 +1086,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenGroupMembershipEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreNamingPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IgnoreNamingPolicy switch specifies whether to prevent this group from being affected by your organization's group naming policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1155,7 +1155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTip -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTip parameter specifies the custom MailTip text for this recipient. The MailTip is shown to senders when they start drafting an email message to this recipient. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipTranslations -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipTranslations parameter specifies additional languages for the custom MailTip text that's defined by the MailTip parameter. HTML tags are automatically added to the MailTip translation, additional HTML tags aren't supported, and the length of the MailTip translation can't exceed 175 displayed characters. @@ -1204,7 +1204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter specifies an owner for the group. A group must have at least one owner. If you don't use this parameter to specify the owner when you create the group, the user account that created the group is the owner. The group owner is able to: @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MemberDepartRestriction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MemberDepartRestriction parameter specifies the restrictions that you put on requests to leave the group. Valid values are: @@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MemberJoinRestriction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MemberJoinRestriction parameter specifies the restrictions that you put on requests to join the group. Valid values are: @@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the group. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. You can't use the EmailAddresses and PrimarySmtpAddress parameters in the same command. @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFrom parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1494,7 +1494,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromDLMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportToManagerEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReportToManagerEnabled parameter specifies whether delivery status notifications (also known as DSNs, non-delivery reports, NDRs, or bounce messages) are sent to the owner (first one listed if more than one) of the group (defined by the ManagedBy property). Valid values are: @@ -1589,7 +1589,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportToOriginatorEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReportToOriginatorEnabled parameter specifies whether delivery status notifications (also known as DSNs, non-delivery reports, NDRs, or bounce messages) are sent to senders who send messages to this group. Valid values are: @@ -1612,7 +1612,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -1633,7 +1633,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResetMigrationToUnifiedGroup -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1653,7 +1653,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RoomList -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RoomList switch specifies that all members of this distribution group are room mailboxes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendOofMessageToOriginatorEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendOofMessageToOriginatorEnabled parameter specifies how to handle out of office (OOF) messages for members of the group. Valid values are: @@ -1738,7 +1738,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SimpleDisplayName parameter is used to display an alternative description of the object when only a limited set of characters is permitted. Valid characters are: @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UpdateMemberCount -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1814,7 +1814,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DkimSigningConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DkimSigningConfig.md index 91d0b4e1e1..e58e1bcef2 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DkimSigningConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DkimSigningConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example disables the DKIM signing policy for the contoso.com domain. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the DKIM signing policy that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BodyCanonicalization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BodyCanonicalization parameter specifies the canonicalization algorithm that's used to create and verify the message body part of the DKIM signature. This value effectively controls the sensitivity of DKIM to changes to the message body in transit. Valid values are: @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the policy is enabled. Valid values are: @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderCanonicalization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HeaderCanonicalization parameter specifies the canonicalization algorithm that's used to create and verify the message header part of the DKIM signature. This value effectively controls the sensitivity of DKIM to changes to the message headers in transit. Valid values are: @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PublishTxtRecords -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PublishTxtRecords switch publishes the required data for the selected domain so the correct DKIM records can be created in DNS. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DynamicDistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DynamicDistributionGroup.md index 7273dc90ac..fe2c7715d8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DynamicDistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-DynamicDistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ This example applies the following changes to the existing dynamic distribution ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the dynamic distribution group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the dynamic distribution group. For example: @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this moderated recipient without approval from a moderator. Valid values for this parameter are individual senders and groups in your organization. Specifying a group means all members of the group are allowed to send messages to this recipient without approval from a moderator. @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCompany -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCompany parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's Company property. @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute1 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute1 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute10 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute10 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute11 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute11 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute12 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute12 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute13 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute13 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute14 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute14 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -553,7 +553,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute15 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute15 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute2 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute2 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute3 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute3 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute4 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute4 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute5 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute5 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute6 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute6 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute7 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute7 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute8 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute8 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalCustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalCustomAttribute9 parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's CustomAttribute9 property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalDepartment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalDepartment parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's Department property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConditionalStateOrProvince -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConditionalStateOrProvince parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the value of the recipient's StateOrProvince property. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute10 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute11 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -915,7 +915,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute12 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -933,7 +933,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute13 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute14 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute15 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1041,7 +1041,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute6 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute7 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute8 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1113,7 +1113,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute9 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DirectMembershipOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the dynamic distribution group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EmailAddresses parameter specifies all email addresses (proxy addresses) for the recipient, including the primary SMTP address. In on-premises Exchange organizations, the primary SMTP address and other proxy addresses are typically set by email address policies. However, you can use this parameter to configure other proxy addresses for the recipient. For more information, see [Email address policies in Exchange Server](https://learn.microsoft.com/Exchange/email-addresses-and-address-books/email-address-policies/email-address-policies). @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1302,7 +1302,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1326,7 +1326,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1350,7 +1350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceMembershipRefresh -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceUpgrade -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ForceUpgrade switch suppresses the confirmation message that appears if the object was created in a previous version of Exchange. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GrantSendOnBehalfTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GrantSendOnBehalfTo parameter specifies who can send on behalf of this dynamic distribution group. Although messages send on behalf of the group clearly show the sender in the From field (` on behalf of `), replies to these messages are delivered to the group, not the sender. @@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter specifies whether this recipient is visible in address lists. Valid values are: @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludedRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludedRecipients parameter specifies a precanned filter that's based on the recipient type. Valid values are: @@ -1546,7 +1546,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTip -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTip parameter specifies the custom MailTip text for this recipient. The MailTip is shown to senders when they start drafting an email message to this recipient. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipTranslations -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipTranslations parameter specifies additional languages for the custom MailTip text that's defined by the MailTip parameter. HTML tags are automatically added to the MailTip translation, additional HTML tags aren't supported, and the length of the MailTip translation can't exceed 175 displayed characters. @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter specifies an owner for the group. A dynamic group can only have one owner. The group owner is able to: @@ -1696,7 +1696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -1727,7 +1727,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -1750,7 +1750,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the dynamic distribution group. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhoneticDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhoneticDisplayName parameter specifies an alternate spelling of the user's name that's used for text to speech in Unified Messaging (UM) environments. Typically, you use this parameter when the pronunciation and spelling of the user's name don't match. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1804,7 +1804,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. You can't use the EmailAddresses and PrimarySmtpAddress parameters in the same command. @@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientContainer -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientContainer parameter specifies a filter that's based on the recipient's location in Active Directory. Valid input for this parameter is an organizational unit (OU) or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientFilter parameter specifies a custom OPATH filter that's based on the value of any available recipient property. You can use any available Windows PowerShell operator, and wildcards and partial matches are supported. The search criteria uses the syntax `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -1880,7 +1880,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFrom parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromDLMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1950,7 +1950,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1987,7 +1987,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportToManagerEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReportToManagerEnabled parameter specifies whether delivery status notifications (also known as DSNs, non-delivery reports, NDRs, or bounce messages) are sent to the owners of the group (defined by the ManagedBy property). Valid values are: @@ -2010,7 +2010,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportToOriginatorEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReportToOriginatorEnabled parameter specifies whether delivery status notifications (also known as DSNs, non-delivery reports, NDRs, or bounce messages) are sent to senders who send messages to this group. Valid values are: @@ -2033,7 +2033,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -2078,7 +2078,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendOofMessageToOriginatorEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendOofMessageToOriginatorEnabled parameter specifies how to handle out of office (OOF) messages for members of the group. Valid values are: @@ -2099,7 +2099,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SimpleDisplayName parameter is used to display an alternative description of the object when only a limited set of characters is permitted. Valid characters are: @@ -2155,7 +2155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UpdateMemberCount -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2175,7 +2175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -2193,7 +2193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md index b4febd23b7..5f809ec7dd 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-EOPProtectionPolicyRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This example removes all conditions and exceptions from the Standard preset secu ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, dynamic distribution groups, or mail-enabled security groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-EmailAddressPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-EmailAddressPolicy.md index 8aeba95f38..10e56b67e1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-EmailAddressPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-EmailAddressPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ In Exchange Online, this example modifies the existing email address policy name ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the email address policy that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -588,7 +588,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnabledEmailAddressTemplates -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnabledEmailAddressTemplates parameter specifies the rules in the email address policy that are used to generate email addresses for recipients. @@ -689,7 +689,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnabledPrimarySMTPAddressTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnabledPrimarySMTPAddressTemplate parameter specifies the rule in the email address policy that's used to generate the primary SMTP email addresses for recipients. You can use this parameter instead of the EnabledEmailAddressTemplates if the policy only applies the primary email address and no additional proxy addresses. @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceUpgrade -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ForceUpgrade switch suppresses the confirmation message that appears if the object was created in a previous version of Exchange. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -760,7 +760,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the email address policy. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies the order that the email address policies are evaluated. By default, every time that you add a new email address policy, the policy is assigned a priority of N+1, where N is the number of email address policies that you've created. @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ExternalInOutlook.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ExternalInOutlook.md index 968ffcce04..408690bc65 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ExternalInOutlook.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ExternalInOutlook.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ This example adds and removes the specified email addresses from the exception l ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the GUID of the external sender identification object that you want to modify. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-FederatedOrganizationIdentifier.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-FederatedOrganizationIdentifier.md index 3af3c01013..81a7000c97 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-FederatedOrganizationIdentifier.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-FederatedOrganizationIdentifier.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ This example enables the organization identifier. This enables federation for th ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the federated organization identifier. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AccountNamespace -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AccountNamespace parameter specifies the federated domain to be used to establish the organization identifier with the Microsoft Federation Gateway. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DefaultDomain parameter specifies the federated domain used for delegation tokens issued by the Microsoft Federation Gateway for user accounts in the Exchange organization. If the DefaultDomain parameter isn't set, the primary SMTP domain for each user account is used in delegation tokens issued by the Microsoft Federation Gateway. Only a single domain or subdomain for the Exchange organization should be configured, and it applies to all delegation tokens issued for the Exchange organization, for example, contoso.com. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DelegationFederationTrust -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DelegationFederationTrust parameter specifies the identity of the federation trust to be used by the organization identifier. @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the organization identifier is enabled. Valid values include $true or $false. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationContact -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationContact parameter specifies the SMTP address of the federation contact. @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-FocusedInbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-FocusedInbox.md index 7aca252699..325e9ce222 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-FocusedInbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-FocusedInbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.Management-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example disables Focused Inbox for the mailbox of laura@contoso.com. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FocusedInboxOn -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FocusedInboxOn parameter enables or disables Focused Inbox for the mailbox. Valid values are: @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseCustomRouting -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill UseCustomRouting Description }} diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Group.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Group.md index 3e23d3c7be..f3a9b9b014 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Group.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Group.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ This example specifies that the group Human Resources is a hierarchical group an ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsHierarchicalGroup -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsHierarchicalGroup parameter specifies whether the group is part of a hierarchical address book. Valid values are $true or $false. The default value is $false. @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter specifies an owner for the group. A group must have at least one owner. If you don't use this parameter to specify the owner when you create the group, the user account that created the group is the owner. The group owner is able to: @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the group. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhoneticDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhoneticDisplayName parameter specifies an alternate spelling of the user's name that's used for text to speech in Unified Messaging (UM) environments. Typically, you use this parameter when the pronunciation and spelling of the user's name don't match. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SeniorityIndex -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SeniorityIndex parameter specifies the order in which this group displays in a hierarchical address book. A group with a value of 2 displays higher in an address book than a group with a value of 1. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SimpleDisplayName parameter is used to display an alternative description of the object when only a limited set of characters is permitted. Valid characters are: @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Universal -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Universal switch changes the scope of the group from Global or DomainLocal to Universal. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedConnectionFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedConnectionFilterPolicy.md index 015064fe09..1025810d24 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedConnectionFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedConnectionFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ This example modifies the connection filter policy named Default with the follow ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the connection filter policy that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). The maximum length is 255 characters. @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConfigurationXmlRaw -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableSafeList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ``` ### -IPAllowList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IPAllowList parameter specifies IP addresses from which messages are always allowed. Messages from the IP addresses you specify aren't identified as spam, despite any other spam characteristics of the messages. Valid values are: @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IPBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IPBlockList parameter specifies IP addresses from which messages are never allowed. Messages from the IP addresses you specify are blocked without any further spam scanning. Valid values are: @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MakeDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md index b72630007c..9f8a0f2dc7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedContentFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ This example modifies the spam filter policy named Contoso Executives with the f ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter policy that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddXHeaderValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AddXHeaderValue parameter specifies the X-header name (not value) to add to spam messages when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value AddXHeader. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the AddXHeader action: @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedSenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllowedSenderDomains parameter specifies trusted domains that aren't processed by the spam filter. Messages from senders in these domains are stamped with `SFV:SKA` in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report header` and receive a spam confidence level (SCL) of -1, so the messages are delivered to the recipient's inbox. Valid values are one or more SMTP domains. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowedSenders -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllowedSenders parameter specifies a list of trusted senders that skip spam filtering. Messages from these senders are stamped with SFV:SKA in the X-Forefront-Antispam-Report header and receive an SCL of -1, so the messages are delivered to the recipient's inbox. Valid values are one or more SMTP email addresses. @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedSenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BlockedSenderDomains parameter specifies domains that are always marked as spam sources. Messages from senders in these domains are stamped with `SFV:SKB` value in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report` header and receive an SCL of 6 (spam). Valid values are one or more SMTP domains. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockedSenders -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BlockedSenders parameter specifies senders that are always marked as spam sources. Messages from these senders are stamped with `SFV:SKB` in the `X-Forefront-Antispam-Report` header and receive an SCL of 6 (spam). Valid values are one or more SMTP email addresses. @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as bulk email (the BulkSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as bulk email (also known as gray mail) based on the bulk complaint level (BCL) of the message, and the BCL threshold you configure in the BulkThreshold parameter. Valid values are: @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BulkThreshold -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BulkThreshold parameter specifies the BCL on messages that triggers the action specified by the BulkSpamAction parameter (greater than or equal to the specified BCL value). A valid value is an integer from 1 to 9. The default value is 7, which means a BCL of 7, 8, or 9 on messages triggers the action specified by the BulkSpamAction parameter. @@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DownloadLink -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableEndUserSpamNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableLanguageBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableLanguageBlockList parameter enables or disables marking messages that were written in specific languages as spam. Valid values are: @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableRegionBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableRegionBlockList parameter enables or disables marking messages that are sent from specific countries or regions as spam. Valid values are: @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. ```yaml @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is deprecated and no longer used. End-user quarantine notifications are controlled by quarantine policies as specified by the \*QuarantineTag parameters. @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidencePhishAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidencePhishAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as high confidence phishing (not phishing). Phishing messages use fraudulent links or spoofed domains to get personal information. Valid values are: @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidencePhishQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidencePhishQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as high confidence phishing (the HighConfidencePhishAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidenceSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidenceSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as high confidence spam (not spam, bulk email, phishing, or high confidence phishing). Valid values are: @@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HighConfidenceSpamQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HighConfidenceSpamQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as high confidence spam (the HighConfidenceSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithBizOrInfoUrls -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithBizOrInfoUrls parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links to .biz or .info domains. Valid values are: @@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithImageLinks -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithImageLinks parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain image links to remote websites. Valid values are: @@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithNumericIps -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithNumericIps parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links to IP addresses. Valid values are: @@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncreaseScoreWithRedirectToOtherPort -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncreaseScoreWithRedirectToOtherPort parameter increases the spam score of messages that contain links that redirect to TCP ports other than 80 (HTTP), 8080 (alternate HTTP), or 443 (HTTPS). Valid values are: @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InlineSafetyTipsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InlineSafetyTipsEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable safety tips that are shown to recipients in messages. Valid values are: @@ -762,7 +762,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntraOrgFilterState -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IntraOrgFilterState parameter specifies whether to enable anti-spam filtering for messages sent between internal users (users in the same organization). The action that's configured in the policy for the specified spam filter verdicts is taken on messages sent between internal users. Valid values are: @@ -787,7 +787,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LanguageBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LanguageBlockList parameter specifies the email content languages that are marked as spam when the EnableLanguageBlockList parameter value is $true. A valid value is a supported uppercase ISO 639-1 two-letter language code: @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MakeDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MakeDefault switch makes the specified spam filter policy the default spam filter policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamBulkMail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamBulkMail parameter allows spam filtering to act on bulk email messages. Valid values are: @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamEmbedTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamEmbedTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamEmptyMessages -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamEmptyMessages parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains no subject, no content in the message body, and no attachments. Valid values are: @@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFormTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFormTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFramesInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFramesInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ or \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamFromAddressAuthFail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamFromAddressAuthFail parameter marks a message as spam when Sender ID filtering encounters a hard fail. This setting combines an Sender Policy Framework (SPF) check with a Sender ID check to help protect against message headers that contain forged senders. Valid values are: @@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamJavaScriptInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamJavaScriptInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains JavaScript or VBScript. Valid values are: @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamNdrBackscatter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamNdrBackscatter parameter marks a message as spam when the message is a non-delivery report (also known as an NDR or bounce messages) sent to a forged sender (known as *backscatter*). Valid values are: @@ -1009,7 +1009,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamObjectTagsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamObjectTagsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains HTML \ tags. Valid values are: @@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamSensitiveWordList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamSensitiveWordList parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains words from the sensitive words list. Microsoft maintains a dynamic but non-editable list of words that are associated with potentially offensive messages. Valid values are: @@ -1053,7 +1053,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamSpfRecordHardFail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamSpfRecordHardFail parameter marks a message as spam when SPF record checking encounters a hard fail. Valid values are: @@ -1074,7 +1074,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MarkAsSpamWebBugsInHtml -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MarkAsSpamWebBugsInHtml parameter marks a message as spam when the message contains web bugs (also known as web beacons). Valid values are: @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModifySubjectValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModifySubjectValue parameter specifies the text to prepend to the existing subject of messages when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value ModifySubject. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the ModifySubject action: @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as phishing (the PhishSpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishSpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishSpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as phishing (not high confidence phishing). Phishing messages use fraudulent links or spoofed domains to get personal information. Valid values are: @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhishZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhishZapEnabled parameter enables or disables zero-hour auto purge (ZAP) to detect phishing in already delivered messages in Exchange Online mailboxes. Valid values are: @@ -1197,7 +1197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineRetentionPeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The QuarantineRetentionPeriod parameter specifies the number of days that spam messages remain in quarantine when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value Quarantine. All spam filtering verdict parameters can use the Quarantine action: @@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RedirectToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RedirectToRecipients parameter specifies the email addresses of replacement recipients when a spam filtering verdict parameter is set to the value Redirect. The following spam filtering verdict parameters can use the Redirect action: @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RegionBlockList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RegionBlockList parameter specifies the source countries or regions that are marked as spam when the EnableRegionBlockList parameter value is $true. A valid value is a supported ISO 3166-1 two-letter country code: @@ -1278,7 +1278,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamAction parameter specifies the action to take on messages that are marked as spam (not high confidence spam, bulk email, phishing, or high confidence phishing). Valid values are: @@ -1303,7 +1303,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamQuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamQuarantineTag parameter specifies the quarantine policy that's used on messages that are quarantined as spam (the SpamAction parameter value is Quarantine). You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SpamZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SpamZapEnabled parameter enables or disables zero-hour auto purge (ZAP) to detect spam in already delivered messages in Exchange Online mailboxes. Valid values are: @@ -1354,7 +1354,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestModeAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestModeAction parameter specifies the additional action to take on messages when one or more IncreaseScoreWith\* or MarkAsSpam\* ASF parameters are set to the value Test. Valid values are: @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestModeBccToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestModeBccToRecipients parameter specifies the blind carbon copy (Bcc) recipients to add to spam messages when the TestModeAction ASF parameter is set to the value BccMessage. @@ -1398,7 +1398,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedContentFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedContentFilterRule.md index d2689d5311..9fc90148af 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedContentFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedContentFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example adds an exception to the spam filter rule named Contoso Recipients ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the spam filter rule that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception for the rule that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HostedContentFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedContentFilterPolicy parameter specifies the spam filter policy (content filter policy) that's associated with the rule. @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the spam filter rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition for the rule that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition for the rule that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md index 2157e0023a..93e836d53f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ This example configures the following settings in the outbound spam filter polic ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter policy you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActionWhenThresholdReached -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActionWhenThresholdReach parameter specifies the action to take when any of the limits specified in the policy are reached. Valid values are: @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoForwardingMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AutoForwardingMode specifies how the policy controls automatic email forwarding to external recipients. Valid values are: @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccSuspiciousOutboundAdditionalRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BccSuspiciousOutboundAdditionalRecipients parameter specifies an email address to add to the Bcc field of outgoing spam messages. You can specify multiple email addresses separated by commas. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BccSuspiciousOutboundMail -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BccSuspiciousOutboundMail parameter specifies whether to add recipients to the Bcc field of outgoing spam messages. Valid values are: @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotifyOutboundSpam -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: This setting is replaced by the default alert policy named **User restricted from sending email**, which sends notification messages to admins. We recommend that you use the alert policy rather than this setting to notify admins and other users. For instructions, see [Verify the alert settings for restricted users](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/outbound-spam-restore-restricted-users#verify-the-alert-settings-for-restricted-users). @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotifyOutboundSpamRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: This setting is replaced by the default alert policy named **User restricted from sending email**, which sends notification messages to admins. We recommend that you use the alert policy rather than this setting to notify admins and other users. For instructions, see [Verify the alert settings for restricted users](https://learn.microsoft.com/defender-office-365/outbound-spam-restore-restricted-users#verify-the-alert-settings-for-restricted-users). @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitExternalPerHour -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitExternalPerHour parameter specifies the maximum number of external recipients that a user can send to within an hour. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits](https://learn.microsoft.com/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-limits#sending-limits-1). @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitInternalPerHour -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitInternalPerHour parameter specifies the maximum number of internal recipients that a user can send to within an hour. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits](https://learn.microsoft.com/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-limits#sending-limits-1). @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientLimitPerDay -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientLimitPerDay parameter specifies the maximum number of recipients that a user can send to within a day. A valid value is 0 to 10000. The default value is 0, which means the service defaults are used. For more information, see [Sending limits](https://learn.microsoft.com/office365/servicedescriptions/exchange-online-service-description/exchange-online-limits#sending-limits-1). @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md index d5d7fc9ec7..59e0f5dd9e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-HostedOutboundSpamFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ This example adds an exception to the existing rule named Contoso Executives. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the outbound spam filter rule that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfFrom parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages from specific senders. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the sender. For example: @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfFromMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent by group members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSenderDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for senders with email address in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -From -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The From parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages from specific senders. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the sender. For example: @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FromMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent by group members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HostedOutboundSpamFilterPolicy parameter specifies the outbound spam filter policy that's associated with the outbound spam filter rule. @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the outbound spam filter rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for senders with email address in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-IRMConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-IRMConfiguration.md index 5c112c0342..dee1f46783 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-IRMConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-IRMConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ This example enables licensing for external messages. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutomaticServiceUpdateEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AzureRMSLicensingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DecryptAttachmentForEncryptOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EDiscoverySuperUserEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EDiscoverySuperUserEnabled parameter specifies whether members of the Discovery Management role group can access IRM-protected messages in a discovery mailbox that were returned by a discovery search. Valid values are: @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnablePdfEncryption -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalLicensingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: In Exchange Online, this parameter affects both internal and external messages. In on-premises Exchange, this parameter only affects internal messages. @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LicensingLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LicensingLocation parameter specifies the RMS licensing URLs. You can specify multiple URL values separated by commas. @@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectIfRecipientHasNoRights -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RMSOnlineKeySharingLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SearchEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SearchEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable searching of IRM-encrypted messages in Outlook on the web (formerly known as Outlook Web App). Valid values are: @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimplifiedClientAccessDoNotForwardDisabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimplifiedClientAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -549,7 +549,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimplifiedClientAccessEncryptOnlyDisabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportDecryptionSetting -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TransportDecryptionSetting parameter specifies the transport decryption configuration. Valid values are: @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-InboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-InboundConnector.md index cd67b28eb5..036725b8b0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-InboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-InboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Require that the TLS certificate that is used to encrypt communications contain ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Inbound connector you want to change. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AssociatedAcceptedDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AssociatedAcceptedDomains parameter restricts the source domains that use the connector to the specified accepted domains. A valid value is an SMTP domain that's configured as an accepted domain in your Microsoft 365 organization. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CloudServicesMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: We recommend that you don't use this parameter unless you are directed to do so by Microsoft Customer Service and Support, or by specific product documentation. Instead, use the Hybrid Configuration wizard to configure mail flow between your on-premises and cloud organizations. For more information, see [Hybrid Configuration wizard](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/hybrid-configuration-wizard). @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorSource -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorSource parameter specifies how the connector is created. Valid input for this parameter includes the following values: @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorType parameter specifies a category for the domains that are serviced by the connector. Valid input for this parameter includes the following values: @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipIPs -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes the EFSkipIPs parameter specifies the source IP addresses to skip in Enhanced Filtering for Connectors when the EFSkipLastIP parameter value is $false. Valid values are: @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipLastIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EFSkipIPs parameter specifies the behavior of Enhanced Filtering for Connectors. Valid values are: @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFSkipMailGateway -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFTestMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EFUsers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EFUsers parameter specifies the recipients that Enhanced Filtering for Connectors applies to. The default value is blank ($null), which means Enhanced Filtering for Connectors is applied to all recipients. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter enables or disables the connector. Valid values are: @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a descriptive name for the connector. @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireTls -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireTLS parameter specifies whether to require TLS transmission for all messages that are received by a Partner type connector. Valid values are: @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RestrictDomainsToCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RestrictDomainsToCertificate parameter specifies whether the Subject value of the TLS certificate is checked before messages can use the Partner type connector. Valid values are: @@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses parameter specifies whether to reject mail that comes from unknown source IP addresses for Partner type connectors. Valid values are: @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ScanAndDropRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderDomains parameter specifies the source domains that a Partner type connector accepts messages for (limits the scope of a Partner type connector). A valid value is an SMTP domain. Wildcards are supported to indicate a domain and all subdomains (for example, `*.contoso.com`). However, you can't embed the wildcard character (for example, `domain.*.contoso.com` isn't valid). @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderIPAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderIPAddresses parameter specifies the source IPV4 IP addresses that the Partner type connector accepts messages from when the value of the RestrictDomainsToIPAddresses parameter is $true. Valid values are: @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsSenderCertificateName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsSenderCertificateName parameter specifies the TLS certificate that's used when the value of the RequireTls parameter is $true. A valid value is an SMTP domain. Wildcards are supported to indicate a domain and all subdomains (for example, \*.contoso.com), but you can't embed the wildcard character (for example, domain.\*.contoso.com is not valid). @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TreatMessagesAsInternal -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TreatMessagesAsInternal parameter specifies an alternative method to identify messages sent from an on-premises organization as internal messages. You should only consider using this parameter when your on-premises organization doesn't use Exchange. Valid values are: @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TrustedOrganizations -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TrustedOrganizations parameter specifies other Microsoft 365 organizations that are trusted mail sources (for example, after acquisitions and mergers). This parameter works only for mail flow between two Microsoft 365 organizations, so no other parameters are used. @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-IntraOrganizationConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-IntraOrganizationConnector.md index a1f7a1c74d..4167f056f8 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-IntraOrganizationConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-IntraOrganizationConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example disables the Intra-Organization connector named "MainCloudConnector ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Intra-Organization connector that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the connector. For example: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-LinkedUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-LinkedUser.md index 5b19885817..26235dde2c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-LinkedUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-LinkedUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example modifies the certificate subject for the linked user "GALSync-Servi ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the linked user. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the linked user, for example: @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md index 4d44abfb09..52e3eb76a7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the policy is enabled or disabled. Valid values are: @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailContact.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailContact.md index 2b06f8b281..344f983938 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailContact.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailContact.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ This example sets John Rodman's external email address to john@contoso.com. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mail contact that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail contact. For example: @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this moderated recipient without approval from a moderator. Valid values for this parameter are individual senders and groups in your organization. Specifying a group means all members of the group are allowed to send messages to this recipient without approval from a moderator. @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute10 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute11 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute12 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute13 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute14 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute15 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute6 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute7 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute8 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute9 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the mail contact. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center (EAC) and in address lists. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EmailAddresses parameter specifies all email addresses (proxy addresses) for the recipient, including the primary SMTP address. In on-premises Exchange organizations, the primary SMTP address and other proxy addresses are typically set by email address policies. However, you can use this parameter to configure other proxy addresses for the recipient. For more information, see [Email address policies in Exchange Server](https://learn.microsoft.com/Exchange/email-addresses-and-address-books/email-address-policies/email-address-policies). @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -778,7 +778,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -802,7 +802,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalEmailAddress parameter specifies the target email address of the mail contact or mail user. By default, this value is used as the primary email address of the mail contact or mail user. @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceUpgrade -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ForceUpgrade switch suppresses the confirmation message that appears if the object was created in a previous version of Exchange. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -914,7 +914,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GrantSendOnBehalfTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GrantSendOnBehalfTo parameter specifies who can send on behalf of this mail contact. Although messages sent on behalf of the mail contact clearly show the sender in the From field (` on behalf of `), replies to these messages are delivered to the mail contact, not the sender. @@ -951,7 +951,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter specifies whether this recipient is visible in address lists. Valid values are: @@ -997,7 +997,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MacAttachmentFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MacAttachmentFormat parameter specifies the Apple Macintosh operating system attachment format to use for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTip -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTip parameter specifies the custom MailTip text for this recipient. The MailTip is shown to senders when they start drafting an email message to this recipient. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipTranslations -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipTranslations parameter specifies additional languages for the custom MailTip text that's defined by the MailTip parameter. HTML tags are automatically added to the MailTip translation, additional HTML tags aren't supported, and the length of the MailTip translation can't exceed 175 displayed characters. @@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageBodyFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageBodyFormat parameter specifies the message body format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageFormat parameter specifies the message format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -1223,7 +1223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the mail contact. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFrom parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromDLMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -1533,7 +1533,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SimpleDisplayName parameter is used to display an alternative description of the object when only a limited set of characters is permitted. Valid characters are: @@ -1613,7 +1613,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseMapiRichTextFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UseMapiRichTextFormat parameter specifies what to do with messages that are sent to the mail user or mail contact in MAPI rich text format, also known as Outlook Rich Text or Transport Neutral Encapsulation Format (TNEF). Valid values are: @@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UsePreferMessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UsePreferMessageFormat specifies whether the message format settings configured for the mail user or mail contact override the global settings configured for the remote domain or configured by the message sender. Valid value are: @@ -1658,7 +1658,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserSMimeCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailPublicFolder.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailPublicFolder.md index 1b5c034778..ec6df3b6a6 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailPublicFolder.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailPublicFolder.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ This example removes the secondary email address MyPublicFolder@fabrikam.com fro ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the GUID or public folder name that represents a specific public folder. You can also include the path using the format \\TopLevelPublicFolder\\PublicFolder. @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1583,7 +1583,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailUser.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailUser.md index a6a29fe421..ef33480833 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailUser.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailUser.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ In Exchange Online, this example excludes the mail user from applicable retentio ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mail user that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mail user. For example: @@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFrom parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromDLMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -1182,7 +1182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the recipient. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -1249,7 +1249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ArchiveGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassModerationFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this moderated recipient without approval from a moderator. Valid values for this parameter are individual senders and groups in your organization. Specifying a group means all members of the group are allowed to send messages to this recipient without approval from a moderator. @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1364,7 +1364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1382,7 +1382,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute10 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute11 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute12 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1436,7 +1436,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute13 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1454,7 +1454,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute14 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute15 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1490,7 +1490,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1544,7 +1544,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute6 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute7 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1598,7 +1598,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute8 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1616,7 +1616,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute9 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the mail user. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center, address lists, and Outlook. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1698,7 +1698,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EmailAddresses parameter specifies all email addresses (proxy addresses) for the recipient, including the primary SMTP address. In on-premises Exchange organizations, the primary SMTP address and other proxy addresses are typically set by email address policies. However, you can use this parameter to configure other proxy addresses for the recipient. For more information, see [Email address policies in Exchange Server](https://learn.microsoft.com/Exchange/email-addresses-and-address-books/email-address-policies/email-address-policies). @@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableLitigationHoldForMigration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1782,7 +1782,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExchangeGuid -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -1800,7 +1800,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExcludeFromAllHolds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExcludeFromAllOrgHolds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1865,7 +1865,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExcludeFromOrgHolds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1909,7 +1909,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1933,7 +1933,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -1981,7 +1981,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -2005,7 +2005,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalEmailAddress parameter specifies the target email address of the mail contact or mail user. By default, this value is used as the primary email address of the mail contact or mail user. @@ -2027,7 +2027,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FederatedIdentity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2047,7 +2047,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceUpgrade -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ForceUpgrade switch suppresses the confirmation message that appears if the object was created in a previous version of Exchange. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -2065,7 +2065,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GrantSendOnBehalfTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GrantSendOnBehalfTo parameter specifies who can send on behalf of this mail user. Although messages sent on behalf of the mail user clearly show the sender in the From field (` on behalf of `, replies to these messages are delivered to the mail user, not the sender. @@ -2102,7 +2102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter specifies whether this recipient is visible in address lists. Valid values are: @@ -2123,7 +2123,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HVEAccount -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ImmutableId -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ImmutableId parameter is used by GAL synchronization (GALSync) and specifies a unique and immutable identifier in the form of an SMTP address for an Exchange mailbox used for federated delegation when requesting Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) tokens. If federation is configured for this mailbox and you don't set this parameter when you create the mailbox, Exchange creates the value for the immutable ID based upon the mailbox's ExchangeGUID and the federated account namespace, for example, 7a78e7c8-620e-4d85-99d3-c90d90f29699@mail.contoso.com. @@ -2188,7 +2188,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -JournalArchiveAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2208,7 +2208,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MacAttachmentFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MacAttachmentFormat parameter specifies the Apple Macintosh operating system attachment format to use for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -2236,7 +2236,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2256,7 +2256,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTip -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTip parameter specifies the custom MailTip text for this recipient. The MailTip is shown to senders when they start drafting an email message to this recipient. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -2279,7 +2279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipTranslations -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipTranslations parameter specifies additional languages for the custom MailTip text that's defined by the MailTip parameter. HTML tags are automatically added to the MailTip translation, additional HTML tags aren't supported, and the length of the MailTip translation can't exceed 175 displayed characters. @@ -2367,7 +2367,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageBodyFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageBodyFormat parameter specifies the message body format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -2394,7 +2394,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageFormat parameter specifies the message format for messages sent to the mail contact or mail user. Valid values are: @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MicrosoftOnlineServicesID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2442,7 +2442,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -2473,7 +2473,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -2496,7 +2496,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the mail user. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -2514,7 +2514,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Password -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2540,7 +2540,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecalculateInactiveMailUser -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFrom parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -2713,7 +2713,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromDLMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromDLMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -2748,7 +2748,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -2785,7 +2785,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveComplianceTagHoldApplied -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2805,7 +2805,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveDelayHoldApplied -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveDelayReleaseHoldApplied -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveDisabledArchive -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveLitigationHoldEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2887,7 +2887,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveMailboxProvisioningConstraint -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2907,7 +2907,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveOrphanedHolds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2971,7 +2971,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResetPasswordOnNextLogon -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -3077,7 +3077,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendModerationNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendModerationNotifications parameter specifies when moderation notification messages are sent. Valid values are: @@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SimpleDisplayName parameter is used to display an alternative description of the object when only a limited set of characters is permitted. Valid characters are: @@ -3177,7 +3177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UnblockForwardSyncPostCrossTenantMigration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -3197,7 +3197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseMapiRichTextFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UseMapiRichTextFormat parameter specifies what to do with messages that are sent to the mail user or mail contact in MAPI rich text format, also known as Outlook Rich Text or Transport Neutral Encapsulation Format (TNEF). Valid values are: @@ -3221,7 +3221,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UsePreferMessageFormat -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UsePreferMessageFormat specifies whether the message format settings configured for the mail user or mail contact override the global settings configured for the remote domain or configured by the message sender. Valid value are: @@ -3242,7 +3242,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UserCertificate parameter specifies the digital certificate used to sign a user's email messages. @@ -3280,7 +3280,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserSMimeCertificate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UserSMimeCertificate parameter specifies the S/MIME certificate that's used to sign a user's email messages. @@ -3298,7 +3298,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -3316,7 +3316,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Mailbox.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Mailbox.md index 499f8e6513..4d57ad577e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Mailbox.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-Mailbox.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -1735,7 +1735,7 @@ In Exchange Online, this example removes all eligible holds from the Microsoft 3 ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -1871,7 +1871,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AccountDisabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2628,7 +2628,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -3372,7 +3372,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExcludeFromAllHolds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -3415,7 +3415,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExcludeFromAllOrgHolds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in Exchange Online. @@ -3437,7 +3437,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExcludeFromOrgHolds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in Exchange Online. @@ -3894,7 +3894,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GroupMailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4009,7 +4009,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InactiveMailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4037,7 +4037,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsExchangeCloudManaged -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4282,7 +4282,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LitigationHoldDuration -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LitigationHoldDuration parameter specifies how long mailbox items are held if the mailbox is placed on litigation hold. The duration is calculated from the date a mailbox item is received or created. @@ -4302,7 +4302,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LitigationHoldEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LitigationHoldEnabled parameter specifies whether to place the mailbox on litigation hold. Valid values are: @@ -4327,7 +4327,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LitigationHoldOwner -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LitigationHoldOwner parameter specifies the user who placed the mailbox on litigation hold. If you don't use this parameter when you place the mailbox on litigation hold, the value is populated automatically. If you use this parameter when you place the mailbox on litigation hold, you can specify a text value. If the value contains spaces, include the value in quotation marks ("). You can use this value for informational and reporting purposes. @@ -4904,7 +4904,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NonCompliantDevices -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -5175,7 +5175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ProvideConsent -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -5283,7 +5283,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecalculateInactiveMailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -5528,7 +5528,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveComplianceTagHoldApplied -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -5554,7 +5554,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveDelayHoldApplied -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -5579,7 +5579,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveDelayReleaseHoldApplied -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -5625,7 +5625,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveMailboxProvisioningConstraint -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -5665,7 +5665,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveOrphanedHolds -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -5884,7 +5884,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetentionComment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RetentionComment parameter specifies a comment that's displayed in Outlook regarding the user's retention hold status. @@ -5957,7 +5957,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RetentionUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RetentionUrl parameter specifies the URL or an external web page with additional details about the organization's messaging retention policies. @@ -6471,7 +6471,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StsRefreshTokensValidFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -6696,7 +6696,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UpdateEnforcedTimestamp -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -6835,7 +6835,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxAuditBypassAssociation.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxAuditBypassAssociation.md index e902549d46..63de313e61 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxAuditBypassAssociation.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxAuditBypassAssociation.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This example removes the bypass association for the Svc-MyApplication account. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies a user or computer account to be bypassed from mailbox audit logging. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxAutoReplyConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxAutoReplyConfiguration.md index eae06dedc4..22468a1c17 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxAutoReplyConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxAutoReplyConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ This example configures Automatic Replies for Tony's mailbox to be sent, specifi ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxCalendarConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxCalendarConfiguration.md index 3c37bb9ac5..9d549529f3 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxCalendarConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxCalendarConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ This example sets the working day's starting hour to 7 A.M. for the calendar of ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxCalendarFolder.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxCalendarFolder.md index dd3821709f..33671ba195 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxCalendarFolder.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxCalendarFolder.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ This example enables the calendar in Kai's mailbox to be searchable on the web. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the calendar folder that you want to modify. The syntax is `MailboxID:\ParentFolder[\SubFolder]`. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxJunkEmailConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxJunkEmailConfiguration.md index 82409b4978..0b6938c118 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxJunkEmailConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxJunkEmailConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ This example identifies mailboxes where contacts are treated as trusted senders ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxMessageConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxMessageConfiguration.md index 22c5f6ec9a..51f10369b5 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxMessageConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxMessageConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ This example sets the compose email message form to always show the Bcc field in ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1519,7 +1519,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxPlan.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxPlan.md index 746b24f47e..e103c041bb 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxPlan.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxPlan.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ProvisioningAndMigration-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ This example lowers the default mailbox quotas in the mailbox plan named Exchang ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox plan that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox plan. For example: @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxRegionalConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxRegionalConfiguration.md index ba7752e06d..9ef8351ae7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxRegionalConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxRegionalConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ This example sets Megan Bowen mailbox language to Spanish Argentina, sets the da ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseCustomRouting -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxRestoreRequest.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxRestoreRequest.md index 78a7e20b95..66b71a236f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxRestoreRequest.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxRestoreRequest.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ProvisioningAndMigration-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ This example changes the first restore request for Kweku's mailbox to skip 100 c ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the restore request. The Identity parameter consists of the alias of the mailbox to be restored and the name that was specified when the restore request was created. The identity of the restore request uses the following syntax: `Alias\Name` @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxSearch.md index 7506c5c6b8..beb9d6508b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InPlaceHoldEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InPlaceHoldEnabled parameter specifies whether to set an In-Place Hold on items in the search results. Valid values are: @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ItemHoldPeriod -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ItemHoldPeriod parameter specifies the number of days for the In-Place Hold onthe mailbox items (all items or the mailbox items that are returned in the search query results). You use this parameter with the InPlaceHoldEnabled parameter to set an In-Place Hold. The duration is calculated from the time the item is received or created in the mailbox. Valid values are: @@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxSpellingConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxSpellingConfiguration.md index 21303b2650..67b795a23f 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxSpellingConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MailboxSpellingConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This example sets the spelling checker to ignore words containing numbers for me ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the mailbox that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MalwareFilterPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MalwareFilterPolicy.md index 8be3698158..ff95793a93 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MalwareFilterPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MalwareFilterPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ The last two commands remove the seventh file type that's displayed in the list. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter policy you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AdminDisplayName parameter specifies a description for the policy. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomExternalBody -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomExternalBody parameter specifies the custom body to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomExternalSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomExternalSubject parameter specifies the custom subject to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomFromAddress parameter specifies the custom From address to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal or external senders. @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomFromName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomFromName parameter specifies the custom From name to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal or external senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomInternalBody -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomInternalBody parameter specifies the custom body to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomInternalSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomInternalSubject parameter specifies the custom subject to use in notification messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomNotifications parameter enables or disables the customization of notification messages for malware detections. Valid values are: @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableExternalSenderAdminNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableExternalSenderAdminNotifications parameter enables or disables sending notification messages to an administrator for malware detections in messages from internal senders. Valid values are: @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableFileFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EnableInternalSenderAdminNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EnableInternalSenderAdminNotifications parameter enables or disables sending notification messages to an administrator for malware detections in messages from internal senders. Valid values are: @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExternalSenderAdminAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExternalSenderAdminAddress parameter specifies the email address of the administrator who receives notifications messages for malware detections in messages from external senders. @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FileTypeAction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FileTypes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InternalSenderAdminAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InternalSenderAdminAddress parameter specifies the email address of the administrator who receives notifications messages for malware detections in messages from internal senders. @@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsPolicyOverrideApplied -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MakeDefault -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MakeDefault switch makes this malware filter policy the default policy. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineTag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ZapEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MalwareFilterRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MalwareFilterRule.md index 4d1d9b9479..d85fbb9f85 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MalwareFilterRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MalwareFilterRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This example adds an exception to the malware filter rule named Contoso Recipien ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the malware filter rule that you want to view. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example, you can use the name, GUID, or distinguished name (DN) of the malware filter rule. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies informative comments for the rule, such as what the rule is used for or how it has changed over time. The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentTo parameter specifies an exception that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExceptIfSentToMemberOf parameter specifies an exception that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MalwareFilterPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MalwareFilterPolicy parameter specifies the malware filter policy that's associated with the malware filter rule. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies a unique name for the malware filter rule. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomainIs parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients with email addresses in the specified domains. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentTo parameter specifies a condition that looks for recipients in messages. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SentToMemberOf parameter specifies a condition that looks for messages sent to members of distribution groups, mail-enabled security groups, or sent to Microsoft 365 Groups. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementRoleAssignment.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementRoleAssignment.md index 3b5d137088..ef2d6a6895 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementRoleAssignment.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementRoleAssignment.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ This example restricts the Distribution Groups\_Cairns Admins role assignment us ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the management role assignment to modify. If the name of the management role contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAdministrativeUnitScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only in the cloud-based service. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientGroupScope -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CustomRecipientWriteScope parameter specifies the existing recipient-based management scope to associate with this management role assignment. If the management scope name contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomResourceScope -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether the management role assignment is enabled or disabled. The valid values are $true and $false. @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExclusiveRecipientWriteScope parameter specifies the existing recipient-based exclusive management scope to associate with this management role assignment. If the management scope name contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). @@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientOrganizationalUnitScope parameter specifies the OU to scope the new role assignment to. If the OU name contains spaces, enclose the domain and OU in quotation marks ("). @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRelativeWriteScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRelativeWriteScope parameter specifies the type of restriction to apply to a recipient scope. @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementRoleEntry.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementRoleEntry.md index d44f3a41d9..a7d1bc28ea 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementRoleEntry.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementRoleEntry.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ In on-premises Exchange, this example adds the Location parameter to the Mailbox ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role entry that you want to modify. This parameter uses the syntax: `\` (for example, `CustomRole\Set-Mailbox`). @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddParameter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AddParameter switch specifies that you're adding parameters to the specified role entry. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Parameters -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Parameters parameter specifies the parameters to be added to or removed from the role entry. @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveParameter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RemoveParameter switch specifies that you're removing parameters to the specified role entry. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementScope.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementScope.md index cb4707ab96..76b2b9a411 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementScope.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ManagementScope.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ This example changes the Active Directory site used in the server restriction fi ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the management scope to modify. If the name contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the management scope. The management scope name can be a maximum of 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose it in quotation marks ("). @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRestrictionFilter -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRestrictionFilter parameter uses OPATH filter syntax to specify the recipients that are included in the scope. The syntax is `"Property -ComparisonOperator 'Value'"`. @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientRoot -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientRoot parameter specifies the organizational unit (OU) under which the filter specified with the RecipientRestrictionFilter parameter should be applied. Valid input for this parameter is an OU or domain that's returned by the Get-OrganizationalUnit cmdlet. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the OU or domain. For example: @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MessageClassification.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MessageClassification.md index c2760e2c2a..778a10a304 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MessageClassification.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MessageClassification.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This example makes the following configuration changes to the message classifica ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the message classification that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the message classification. For example: @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md index 4a8c96d67e..e0516f0547 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MobileDeviceMailboxPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.MediaAndDevices-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowGooglePushNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllowMicrosoftPushNotifications -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -654,7 +654,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1266,7 +1266,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MoveRequest.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MoveRequest.md index bc9c1eab1c..07f46c3c8c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MoveRequest.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-MoveRequest.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ProvisioningAndMigration-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ This example changes the move request for Sruthi to approve all skipped items en ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the mailbox or mail user. You can use the following values: @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -713,7 +713,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OMEConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OMEConfiguration.md index 90b01174f8..f181ead6c1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OMEConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OMEConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example configures the specified values for the default OME configuration n ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the OME configuration that you want to modify. The default OME configuration has the Identity value "OME Configuration". @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BackgroundColor -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BackgroundColor parameter specifies the background color. Valid values are: @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisclaimerText -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisclaimerText parameter specifies the disclaimer text in the email that contains the encrypted message. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailText -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EmailText parameter specifies the default text that accompanies encrypted email messages. The default text appears above the instructions for viewing encrypted messages. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Image -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Image parameter identifies and uploads an image to be displayed in the email message and in the Microsoft 365 admin center. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IntroductionText -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IntroductionText parameter specifies the text that appears next to the sender's name and email address. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OTPEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OTPEnabled parameter specifies whether to allow recipients to use a one-time passcode to view encrypted messages. Valid values are: @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PortalText -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PortalText parameter specifies the text that appears at the top of the encrypted mail viewing portal. The maximum length is 128 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrivacyStatementUrl -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrivacyStatementUrl parameter specifies the Privacy Statement link in the encrypted email notification message. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReadButtonText -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReadButtonText parameter specifies the text that appears on the "Read the message" button. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SocialIdSignIn -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SocialIdSignIn parameter specifies whether a user is allowed to view an encrypted message in the Microsoft 365 admin center using their own social network id (Google, Yahoo, and Microsoft account). Valid values are: @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OnPremisesOrganization.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OnPremisesOrganization.md index f5f296d3fc..5d52db09ca 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OnPremisesOrganization.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OnPremisesOrganization.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ This example adds a third domain legal.contoso.com to the ExchangeMail OnPremise ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the on-premises organization object. You can use the following values: @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OrganizationConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OrganizationConfig.md index f2eb356364..8a7b8081c9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OrganizationConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OrganizationConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -970,7 +970,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockMoveMessagesForGroupFolders -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DefaultAuthenticationPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DefaultAuthenticationPolicy parameter specifies the authentication policy that's used for the whole organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DelayedDelicensingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserMailNotificationForDelayedDelicensingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2911,7 +2911,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsGroupFoldersAndRulesEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2938,7 +2938,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsGroupMemberAllowedToEditContent -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4214,7 +4214,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TenantAdminNotificationForDelayedDelicensingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4436,7 +4436,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OrganizationRelationship.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OrganizationRelationship.md index 34afdbd64c..8f5c04cb11 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OrganizationRelationship.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OrganizationRelationship.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ This example disables the organization relationship with Contoso ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the organization relationship that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the organization relationship. For example: @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ArchiveAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ArchiveAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship is configured to provide remote archive access. Valid values are: @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeliveryReportEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DeliveryReportEnabled parameter specifies whether Delivery Reports should be shared over the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainNames -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DomainNames parameter specifies the SMTP domains of the external organization. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas (for example, "contoso.com","northamerica.contoso.com"). @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch hides warning or confirmation messages. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship should be used to retrieve free/busy information from the external organization. Valid values are: @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessLevel parameter specifies the maximum amount of detail returned to the requesting organization. Valid values are: @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FreeBusyAccessScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FreeBusyAccessScope parameter specifies a mail-enabled security group in the internal organization that contains users whose free/busy information is accessible by an external organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMoveCapability -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMoveEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailboxMoveEnabled parameter specifies whether the organization relationship enables moving mailboxes to or from the external organization. Valid values are: @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxMovePublishedScopes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessEnabled parameter specifies whether MailTips for users in this organization are returned over this organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessLevel -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessLevel parameter specifies the level of MailTips data externally shared over this organization relationship. This parameter can have the following values: @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipsAccessScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipsAccessScope parameter specifies a mail-enabled security group in the internal organization that contains users whose free/busy information is accessible by an external organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the organization relationship. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OAuthApplicationId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationContact -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationContact parameter specifies the email address that can be used to contact the external organization (for example, administrator@fourthcoffee.com). @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhotosEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhotosEnabled parameter specifies whether photos for users in the internal organization are returned over the organization relationship. Valid values are: @@ -550,7 +550,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetApplicationUri -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetApplicationUri parameter specifies the target Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) of the external organization. The TargetApplicationUri parameter is specified by Exchange when requesting a delegated token to retrieve free and busy information, for example, mail.contoso.com. @@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetAutodiscoverEpr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetAutodiscoverEpr parameter specifies the Autodiscover URL of Exchange Web Services for the external organization, for example, `https://contoso.com/autodiscover/autodiscover.svc/wssecurity`. Exchange uses Autodiscover to automatically detect the correct Exchange server endpoint to use for external requests. @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetOwaURL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetOwaURL parameter specifies the Outlook on the web (formerly Outlook Web App) URL of the external organization that's defined in the organization relationship. It is used for Outlook on the web redirection in a cross-premise Exchange scenario. Configuring this attribute enables users in the organization to use their current Outlook on the web URL to access Outlook on the web in the external organization. @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TargetSharingEpr -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TargetSharingEpr parameter specifies the URL of the target Exchange Web Services for the external organization. @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OutboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OutboundConnector.md index aa46e84863..ba0fffe29c 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OutboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-OutboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This example changes the settings of the existing Outbound connector named Conto ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the connector you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the connector. For example: @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AllAcceptedDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AllAcceptedDomains parameter specifies whether the Outbound connector is used in hybrid organizations where message recipients are in accepted domains of the cloud-based organization. Valid values are: @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CloudServicesMailEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: We recommend that you don't use this parameter unless you are directed to do so by Microsoft Customer Service and Support, or by specific product documentation. Instead, use the Hybrid Configuration wizard to configure mail flow between your on-premises and cloud organizations. For more information, see [Hybrid Configuration wizard](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/hybrid-configuration-wizard). @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies an optional comment. If you specify a value that contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("), for example: "This is an admin note". @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorSource -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorSource parameter specifies how the connector is created. Valid values are: @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorType parameter specifies a category for the domains that are serviced by the connector. Valid values are: @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Enabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Enabled parameter specifies whether to enable or disable the Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsTransportRuleScoped -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsTransportRuleScoped parameter specifies whether the Outbound connector is associated with a transport rule (also known as a mail flow rule). Valid values are: @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsValidated -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IsValidated parameter specifies whether the Outbound connector is validated. Valid values are: @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LastValidationTimestamp -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LastValidationTimestamp parameter specifies the date/time that the Outbound connector was validated. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name for the connector. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -327,7 +327,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomains -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientDomains parameter specifies the domain that the Outbound connector routes mail to. You can specify multiple domains separated by commas. @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteAllMessagesViaOnPremises -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RouteAllMessagesViaOnPremises parameter specifies that all messages serviced by this connector are first routed through the on-premises email system. Valid values are: @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderRewritingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderRewritingEnabled parameter specifies that all messages that normally qualify for SRS rewriting are rewritten for routing through the on-premises email system. Valid values are: @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmartHosts -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SmartHosts parameter specifies the smart host that the Outbound connector uses to route mail. Valid values are: @@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TestMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TestMode parameter specifies whether you want to enabled or disable test mode for the Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsDomain -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsDomain parameter specifies the domain name that the Outbound connector uses to verify the FQDN of the target certificate when establishing a TLS secured connection. A valid value for this parameter is an SMTP domain. @@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TlsSettings -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TlsSettings parameter specifies the TLS authentication level that's used for outbound TLS connections established by this Outbound connector. Valid values are: @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UseMXRecord -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UseMXRecord parameter enables or disables DNS routing for the connector. Valid values are: @@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ValidationRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ValidationRecipients parameter specifies the email addresses of the validation recipients for the Outbound connector. You can specify multiple email addresses separated by commas. @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PartnerApplication.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PartnerApplication.md index 85dddd2094..d4b3c75e7e 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PartnerApplication.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PartnerApplication.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ This example refreshes the auth metadata for the HRApp partner application. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the partner application you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the partner application. For example: @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PerimeterConfig.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PerimeterConfig.md index 1611b85ea0..896110027d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PerimeterConfig.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-PerimeterConfig.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example shows how to add an IP address to cloud-based safelists where the g ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-QuarantinePermissions.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-QuarantinePermissions.md index bc66a72143..7b46f54b96 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-QuarantinePermissions.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-QuarantinePermissions.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ In the same PowerShell session, you can use `$Perms` for the _EndUserQuarantineP ### -QuarantinePermissionsObject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The QuarantinePermissionsObject parameter specifies the existing variable that contains quarantine permissions that you want to modify. For example if you previously ran the command `$Perms = New-QuarantinePermissions `, use the value `$Perms` for this parameter. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToAllowSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToBlockSender parameter specifies whether users are allowed to add the quarantined message sender to their Safe Senders list. Valid values are: @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToBlockSender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToBlockSender parameter specifies whether users are allowed to add the quarantined message sender to their Blocked Senders list. Valid values are: @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToDelete -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToDelete parameter specifies whether users are allowed to delete messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToDownload -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToDownload parameter specifies whether users are allowed to download messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToPreview -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToPreview parameter specifies whether users are allowed to preview quarantined messages. Valid values are: @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToRelease -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToRelease parameter specifies whether users are allowed to directly release affected messages from quarantine. Valid values are: @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToRequestRelease -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToRequestRelease parameter specifies whether users are allowed to request messages to be released from quarantine. The request must be approved by an admin. Valid values are: @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PermissionToViewHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PermissionToViewHeader parameter specifies whether users are allowed to view the message headers of quarantined messages. Valid values are: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-QuarantinePolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-QuarantinePolicy.md index a80cbc375e..6ac9088314 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-QuarantinePolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-QuarantinePolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ This example modifies the global settings for quarantine notifications (formerly ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the quarantine policy you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the quarantine policy. For example: @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationFrequencyInDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminNotificationsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AdminQuarantinePermissionsList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomDisclaimer -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserQuarantinePermissions -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: To set permissions in quarantine policies, we recommend using the EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue parameter. @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserQuarantinePermissionsValue parameter specifies the end-user permissions for the quarantine policy. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserSpamNotificationCustomFromAddress specifies the email address of an existing internal sender to use as the sender for quarantine notifications. To set this parameter back to the default email address quarantine@messaging.microsoft.com, use the value $null. @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndUserSpamNotificationFrequency parameter species how often quarantine notifications are sent to users. Valid values are: @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationFrequencyInDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EndUserSpamNotificationLanguage -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EsnCustomSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EsnCustomSubject parameter specifies the text to use in the Subject field of quarantine notifications. @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ESNEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ESNEnabled parameter specifies whether to enable quarantine notifications (formerly known as end-user spam notifications) for the policy. Valid values are: @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IgnoreDehydratedFlag -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The IncludeMessagesFromBlockedSenderAddress parameter specifies whether to send quarantine notifications for quarantined messages from blocked sender addresses. Valid values are: @@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageCustomDisclaimer -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MultiLanguageCustomDisclaimer parameter specifies the custom disclaimer text to use near the bottom of quarantine notifications. The localized text, **A disclaimer from your organization:** is always included first, followed by the text you specify for this parameter. @@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageSenderName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MultiLanguageSenderName parameter specifies the email sender's display name to use in quarantine notifications. @@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MultiLanguageSetting -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MultiLanguageSetting parameter specifies the language of quarantine notifications. Valid values are: @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OrganizationBrandingEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OrganizationBrandingEnabled parameter enables or disables organization branding in the end-user quarantine notification messages. Valid values are: @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -QuarantineRetentionDays -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RMSTemplate.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RMSTemplate.md index 27c19d4d2b..9b0ff2b785 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RMSTemplate.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RMSTemplate.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RemoteConnections-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example changes the RMS template Contoso Confidential from Distributed to A ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the RMS template. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the RMS template, for example: @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Type -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Type parameter specifies the type of RMS template. You can specify one of the following values: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md index 28d1b59219..6d1adc1b33 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RetentionPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ The Identity parameter is positional, which means you can use it without the -Id ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name, distinguished name (DN), or GUID of the retention policy. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md index e67458b4f8..be79c9c4c9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-RoleGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The first command retrieves the credentials using the Get-Credential cmdlet and ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the name of the role group to modify. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Description -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Description parameter specifies the description displayed when the role group is viewed using the Get-RoleGroup cmdlet. Enclose the description in quotation marks ("). @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the friendly name of the role group. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). This parameter has a maximum length of 256 characters. @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ManagedBy parameter specifies the users or USG who can modify the configuration of a role group or add or remove members to or from a role group. The list you specify with this parameter overwrites the existing ManagedBy list. To add or remove individual role group managers, and for more information about modifying multivalued properties, see [Modifying multivalued properties](https://learn.microsoft.com/exchange/modifying-multivalued-properties-exchange-2013-help). @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the name of the role group. The name can contain up to 64 characters. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WellKnownObject -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServicePrincipal.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServicePrincipal.md index 7b86a39d4c..c27a6f11a9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServicePrincipal.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-ServicePrincipal.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ This example sets the service principal in Exchange Online with the specified di ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the service principal that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the service principal. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the friendly name of the service principal. If the name contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md index 6801283c4d..45657d6892 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-SharingPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ This example disables the sharing policy SharingPolicy01. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the identity of the sharing policy that you want to modify. You can use one of the following values: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md index 0c4b286a6b..25a56a8842 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TenantAllowBlockListItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ This example changes the expiration date of the URL allow entry for the specifie ### -Entries -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Entries parameter specifies the entries that you want to modify based on the ListType parameter value. Valid values are: @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Ids -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Ids parameter specifies the entries that you want to modify. This value is shown in the Identity property in the output of the Get-TenantAllowBlockListItems cmdlet. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListType parameter specifies the type of entry that you want to modify. Valid values are: @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NoExpiration -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The NoExpiration switch specifies that the entry should never expire. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Allow -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Allow switch specifies that you're modifying an allow entry. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Block -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Block switch specifies that you're modifying a block entry. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpirationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ExpirationDate parameter filters the results by expiration date in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ListSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ListSubType parameter further specifies the entry that you want to modify. Valid values are: @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OutputJson -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OutputJson switch specifies whether to return all entries in a single JSON value. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveAfter -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RemoveAfter parameter enables the **Remove on** \> **45 days after last used date** feature for an allow entry. The LastUsedDate property is populated when the bad entity in the allow entry is encountered by the filtering system during mail flow or time of click. The allow entry is kept for 45 days after the filtering system determines that the entity is clean. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md index def6278fd4..78fab6c258 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ This example removes all external spoof pairs from the Tenant Allow/Block List. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter uses the value Default. @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Action -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Action parameter specifies whether this entry is an allow or block spoofed sender entry. Valid values are: @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Ids -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Ids parameter specifies the spoof pair that you want to modify. A valid value is the Identity property value from the output of the Get-TenantAllowBlockListSpoofItems cmdlet. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md index 705bcee969..6d6b1d0eb4 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-TransportRule.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ This example modifies the existing rule named Sales Team Disclaimer transport ru ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the rule that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the rule. For example: @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActivationDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ActivationDate parameter specifies when the rule starts processing messages. The rule doesn't take any action on messages until the specified date/time. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ADComparisonAttribute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ADComparisonOperator -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddManagerAsRecipientType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AddToRecipients -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AnyOfToHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerFallbackAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -756,7 +756,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyHtmlDisclaimerText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyOME -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyRightsProtectionCustomizationTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ApplyRightsProtectionTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -907,7 +907,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentExtensionMatchesWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -931,7 +931,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentHasExecutableContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentIsPasswordProtected -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentIsUnsupported -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentNameMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1062,7 +1062,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentProcessingLimitExceeded -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentPropertyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AttachmentSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BetweenMemberOf1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BetweenMemberOf2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlindCopyTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1257,7 +1257,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Comments -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comments parameter specifies optional descriptive text for the rule (for example, what the rule is used for, or how it has changed over time). The length of the comment can't exceed 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -1296,7 +1296,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ContentCharacterSetContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CopyTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1351,7 +1351,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeleteMessage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -1376,7 +1376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Disconnect -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -1443,7 +1443,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfADComparisonAttribute -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1497,7 +1497,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfADComparisonOperator -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1522,7 +1522,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToCcHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1679,7 +1679,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToCcHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1749,7 +1749,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAnyOfToHeaderMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1784,7 +1784,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1808,7 +1808,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentExtensionMatchesWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentHasExecutableContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1859,7 +1859,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentIsPasswordProtected -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1884,7 +1884,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentIsUnsupported -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1915,7 +1915,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentNameMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1963,7 +1963,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentProcessingLimitExceeded -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -1990,7 +1990,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentPropertyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2031,7 +2031,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfAttachmentSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2063,7 +2063,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfBetweenMemberOf1 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfBetweenMemberOf2 -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2125,7 +2125,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfContentCharacterSetContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2149,7 +2149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2182,7 +2182,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2206,7 +2206,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2232,7 +2232,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2265,7 +2265,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfFromScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2318,7 +2318,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasNoClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHasSenderOverride -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderContainsMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2392,7 +2392,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderMatchesMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfHeaderMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2464,7 +2464,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfManagerAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2497,7 +2497,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfManagerForEvaluatedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2552,7 +2552,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2584,7 +2584,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfMessageTypeMatches -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2616,7 +2616,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2674,7 +2674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2730,7 +2730,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2752,7 +2752,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2776,7 +2776,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2800,7 +2800,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfRecipientInSenderList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -2820,7 +2820,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSCLOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2847,7 +2847,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2905,7 +2905,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2961,7 +2961,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -2987,7 +2987,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderInRecipientList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderIpRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3037,7 +3037,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSenderManagementRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3062,7 +3062,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSentToScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3149,7 +3149,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3175,7 +3175,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3197,7 +3197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectOrBodyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3223,7 +3223,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfSubjectOrBodyMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3245,7 +3245,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExceptIfWithImportance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3271,7 +3271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExpiryDate -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an exception or part of an exception for the rule. The name of the corresponding condition parameter doesn't include the ExceptIf prefix. @@ -3293,7 +3293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -From -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3326,7 +3326,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3350,7 +3350,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3376,7 +3376,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3409,7 +3409,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FromScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3434,7 +3434,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateIncidentReport -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3465,7 +3465,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GenerateNotification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3498,7 +3498,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3526,7 +3526,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasNoClassification -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3551,7 +3551,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HasSenderOverride -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note:** This parameter is functional only in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3578,7 +3578,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderContainsMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3600,7 +3600,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3626,7 +3626,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderMatchesMessageHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3648,7 +3648,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HeaderMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3672,7 +3672,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IncidentReportContent -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3740,7 +3740,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LogEventText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -3770,7 +3770,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagerAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3803,7 +3803,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagerForEvaluatedUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3860,7 +3860,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageSizeOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3892,7 +3892,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageTypeMatches -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Mode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Mode parameter specifies how the rule operates. Valid values are: @@ -3946,7 +3946,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerateMessageByManager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -3973,7 +3973,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerateMessageByUser -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4006,7 +4006,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the display name of the transport rule to be created. The length of the name canThe Name parameter specifies the unique name of the rule. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -4060,7 +4060,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrependSubject -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4084,7 +4084,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Priority -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Priority parameter specifies a priority value for the rule that determines the order of rule processing. A lower integer value indicates a higher priority, the value 0 is the highest priority, and rules can't have the same priority value. @@ -4110,7 +4110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Quarantine -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4137,7 +4137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4195,7 +4195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4251,7 +4251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4273,7 +4273,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4297,7 +4297,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddressType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4320,7 +4320,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4344,7 +4344,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientInSenderList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4364,7 +4364,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RedirectMessageTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4395,7 +4395,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageEnhancedStatusCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4423,7 +4423,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessageReasonText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4455,7 +4455,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveHeader -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4477,7 +4477,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveOME -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4502,7 +4502,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveOMEv2 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4527,7 +4527,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveRMSAttachmentEncryption -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4554,7 +4554,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteMessageOutboundConnector -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4580,7 +4580,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RouteMessageOutboundRequireTls -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -4605,7 +4605,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RuleErrorAction -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RuleErrorAction parameter specifies what to do if rule processing can't be completed on messages. Valid values are: @@ -4626,7 +4626,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RuleSubType -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RuleSubType parameter specifies the rule type. Valid values are: @@ -4647,7 +4647,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SCLOver -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4674,7 +4674,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderADAttributeContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4732,7 +4732,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderADAttributeMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4788,7 +4788,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderAddressLocation -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddressLocation parameter specifies where to look for sender addresses in conditions and exceptions that examine sender email addresses. Valid values are: @@ -4818,7 +4818,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderDomainIs -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4844,7 +4844,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderInRecipientList -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -4864,7 +4864,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderIpRanges -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4894,7 +4894,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SenderManagementRelationship -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4919,7 +4919,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentTo -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4950,7 +4950,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToMemberOf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -4983,7 +4983,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SentToScope -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5010,7 +5010,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetAuditSeverity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5037,7 +5037,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetHeaderName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5059,7 +5059,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetHeaderValue -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5081,7 +5081,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SetSCL -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5106,7 +5106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpRejectMessageRejectStatusCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -5130,7 +5130,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpRejectMessageRejectText -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is functional only on Edge Transport servers in on-premises Exchange. @@ -5154,7 +5154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StopRuleProcessing -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies an action or part of an action for the rule. @@ -5179,7 +5179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5205,7 +5205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5227,7 +5227,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectOrBodyContainsWords -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5253,7 +5253,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubjectOrBodyMatchesPatterns -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. @@ -5275,7 +5275,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -5293,7 +5293,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WithImportance -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a condition or part of a condition for the rule. The name of the corresponding exception parameter starts with ExceptIf. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-UnifiedGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-UnifiedGroup.md index 561eb31f90..1c48e044a9 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-UnifiedGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-UnifiedGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ This example changes the Microsoft 365 Group named Legal Department from a publi ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 Group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the Microsoft 365 Group. For example: @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AcceptMessagesOnlyFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who is allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from other senders are rejected. @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AccessType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AccessType parameter specifies the privacy type for the Microsoft 365 Group. Valid values are: @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Alias -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Alias parameter specifies the Exchange alias (also known as the mail nickname) for the Microsoft 365 Group. This value identifies the recipient as a mail-enabled object, and shouldn't be confused with multiple email addresses for the same recipient (also known as proxy addresses). A recipient can have only one Alias value. The maximum length is 64 characters. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AlwaysSubscribeMembersToCalendarEvents -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AlwaysSubscribeMembersToCalendarEvents switch controls the default subscription settings of new members that are added to the Microsoft 365 Group. Changing this setting doesn't affect existing group members. @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuditLogAgeLimit -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AuditLogAgeLimit parameter specifies the maximum age of audit log entries for the Microsoft 365 Group. Log entries older than the specified value are removed. The default value is 90 days. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AutoSubscribeNewMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AutoSubscribeNewMembers switch specifies whether to automatically subscribe new members that are added to the Microsoft 365 Group to conversations and calendar events. Only users that are added to the group after you enable this setting are automatically subscribed to the group. @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CalendarMemberReadOnly -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CalendarMemberReadOnly switch specifies whether to set read-only Calendar permissions to the Microsoft 365 Group for members of the group. @@ -315,7 +315,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Classification -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Classification parameter specifies the classification for the Microsoft 365 Group. You need to configure the list of available classifications in Microsoft Entra ID before you can specify a value for this parameter. For more information, see [Microsoft Entra cmdlets for configuring group settings](https://learn.microsoft.com/azure/active-directory/users-groups-roles/groups-settings-cmdlets). @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorsEnabled specifies whether to enable the ability to use connectors for the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute10 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute10 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute11 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute11 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute12 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute12 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute13 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute13 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute14 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute14 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute15 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute15 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -541,7 +541,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -559,7 +559,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute6 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute6 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute7 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute7 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute8 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute8 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CustomAttribute9 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the CustomAttribute9 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. The maximum length is 1024 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DataEncryptionPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DataEncryptionPolicy parameter specifies the data encryption policy that's applied to the Microsoft 365 Group. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the name of the Microsoft 365 Group. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center, address lists, and Outlook. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EmailAddresses -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EmailAddresses parameter specifies all email addresses (proxy addresses) for the Microsoft 365 Group, including the primary SMTP address. In cloud-based organizations, the primary SMTP address and other proxy addresses for Microsoft 365 Groups are typically set by email address policies. However, you can use this parameter to configure other proxy addresses for the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -727,7 +727,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute1 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute1 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -749,7 +749,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute2 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute2 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -771,7 +771,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute3 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute3 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -793,7 +793,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute4 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute4 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExtensionCustomAttribute5 -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter specifies a value for the ExtensionCustomAttribute5 property on the recipient. You can use this property to store custom information about the recipient, and to identify the recipient in filters. You can specify up to 1300 values separated by commas. @@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ForceUpgrade -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ForceUpgrade switch suppresses the confirmation message that appears if the object was created in a previous version of Exchange. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GrantSendOnBehalfTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GrantSendOnBehalfTo parameter specifies who can send on behalf of this Microsoft 365 Group. Although messages that are sent on behalf of the group clearly show the sender in the From field (` on behalf of `), replies to these messages are delivered to the group, not the sender. @@ -892,7 +892,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HiddenFromAddressListsEnabled parameter specifies whether the Microsoft 365 Group appears in the global address list (GAL) and other address lists in your organization. Valid values are: @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HiddenFromExchangeClientsEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HiddenFromExchangeClientsEnabled switch specifies whether the Microsoft 365 Group is hidden from Outlook clients connected to Microsoft 365. @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -InformationBarrierMode -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The InformationBarrierMode parameter specifies the information barrier mode for the Microsoft 365 Group. Valid values are: @@ -958,7 +958,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsMemberAllowedToEditContent -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill IsMemberAllowedToEditContent Description }} @@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Language -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Language parameter specifies language preference for the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailboxRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailboxRegion parameter specifies the preferred data location (PDL) for the Microsoft 365 Group in multi-geo environments. @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTip -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTip parameter specifies the custom MailTip text for this recipient. The MailTip is shown to senders when they start drafting an email message to this recipient. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MailTipTranslations -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MailTipTranslations parameter specifies additional languages for the custom MailTip text that's defined by the MailTip parameter. HTML tags are automatically added to the MailTip translation, additional HTML tags aren't supported, and the length of the MailTip translation can't exceed 175 displayed characters. @@ -1063,7 +1063,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxReceiveSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MaxReceiveSize parameter specifies the maximum size of an email message that can be sent to this group. Messages that exceed the maximum size are rejected by the group. @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MaxSendSize -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MaxSendSize parameter specifies the maximum size of an email message that can be sent by this group. @@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModeratedBy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModeratedBy parameter specifies one or more moderators for this recipient. A moderator approves messages sent to the recipient before the messages are delivered. A moderator must be a mailbox, mail user, or mail contact in your organization. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the moderator. For example: @@ -1154,7 +1154,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ModerationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ModerationEnabled parameter specifies whether moderation is enabled for this recipient. Valid value are: @@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameter specifies the description of the Microsoft 365 Group. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks. @@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PrimarySmtpAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PrimarySmtpAddress parameter specifies the primary return email address that's used for the recipient. You can't use the EmailAddresses and PrimarySmtpAddress parameters in the same command. @@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RejectMessagesFromSendersOrMembers parameter specifies who isn't allowed to send messages to this recipient. Messages from these senders are rejected. @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RequireSenderAuthenticationEnabled parameter specifies whether to accept messages only from authenticated (internal) senders. Valid values are: @@ -1271,7 +1271,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SensitivityLabelId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SensitivityLabelId parameter specifies the GUID value of the sensitivity label that's assigned to the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SubscriptionEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SubscriptionEnabled switch specifies whether the group owners can enable subscription to conversations and calendar events on the groups they own. This option can be set only in Exchange Online PowerShell. @@ -1316,7 +1316,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UnifiedGroupWelcomeMessageEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UnifiedGroupWelcomeMessageEnabled switch specifies whether to enable or disable sending system-generated welcome messages to users who are added as members to the Microsoft 365 Group. @@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md index 262220b5ea..7a984d6d2b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Set-User.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Performing this procedure on a linked mailbox removes all permissions on the mai ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the user that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the user. For example: @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AssistantName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AssistantName parameter specifies the name of the user's assistant. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AuthenticationPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The AuthenticationPolicy parameter specifies the authentication policy to apply to the user. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockCloudCache -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CanHaveCloudCache -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -City -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The City parameter specifies the user's city. @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ClearDataEncryptionPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Company -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Company parameter specifies the user's company. @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CountryOrRegion -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The CountryOrRegion parameter specifies the user's country or region. A valid value is a valid ISO 3166-1 two-letter country code (for example, AU for Australia) or the corresponding friendly name for the country (which might be different from the official ISO 3166 Maintenance Agency short name). @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Department -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Department parameter specifies the user's department. @@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DesiredWorkloads -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DisplayName parameter specifies the display name of the user. The display name is visible in the Exchange admin center and in Active Directory. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EXOModuleEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -516,7 +516,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Fax -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Fax parameter specifies the user's fax number. @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -FirstName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The FirstName parameter specifies the user's first name. @@ -552,7 +552,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -574,7 +574,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -GeoCoordinates -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The GeoCoordinates parameter specifies the user's location in latitude, longitude and (optionally) altitude coordinates. A valid value for this parameter uses one of the following formats: @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -HomePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The HomePhone parameter specifies the user's home telephone number. @@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Initials -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Initials parameter specifies the user's middle initials. @@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -IsShadowMailbox -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -LastName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The LastName parameter specifies the user's last name. @@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ManagedOnboardingType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Manager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Manager parameter specifies the user's manager. @@ -853,7 +853,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MobilePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MobilePhone parameter specifies the user's primary mobile phone number. @@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Name -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Name parameter specifies the unique name of the user. The maximum length is 64 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Notes -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Notes parameters specifies additional information about the object. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Office -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Office parameter specifies the user's physical office name or number. @@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherFax -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OtherFax parameter specifies the user's alternative fax number. @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherHomePhone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OtherHomePhone parameter specifies the user's alternative home telephone number. @@ -963,7 +963,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OtherTelephone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OtherTelephone parameter specifies the user's alternative telephone number. @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Pager -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Pager parameter specifies the user's pager number. @@ -1023,7 +1023,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Phone -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Phone parameter specifies the user's office telephone number. @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PhoneticDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PhoneticDisplayName parameter specifies an alternate spelling of the user's name that's used for text to speech in Unified Messaging (UM) environments. Typically, you use this parameter when the pronunciation and spelling of the user's name don't match. The maximum length is 256 characters. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PostalCode -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PostalCode parameter specifies the user's zip code or postal code. @@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PostOfficeBox -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PostOfficeBox parameter specifies the user's post office box number. @@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -PublicFolder -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The PublicFolder switch is required to modify public folder mailboxes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemotePowerShellEnabled -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes **Note**: In cloud-based environments, this parameter is being deprecated, so use the EXOModuleEnabled parameter instead. @@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RemoveMailboxProvisioningConstraint -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ResetPasswordOnNextLogon -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ResetPasswordOnNextLogon parameter specifies whether the user must change their password the next time they log on. Valid values are: @@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SeniorityIndex -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SeniorityIndex parameter specifies the order in which this user is displayed in a hierarchical address book. A user with a value of 2 is displayed higher in an address book than a user with a value of 1. @@ -1225,7 +1225,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SimpleDisplayName -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SimpleDisplayName parameter is used to display an alternative description of the object when only a limited set of characters is permitted. Valid characters are: @@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StateOrProvince -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StateOrProvince parameter specifies the user's state or province. @@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StreetAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StreetAddress parameter specifies the user's physical address. @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StsRefreshTokensValidFrom -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Title -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Title parameter specifies the user's title. @@ -1437,7 +1437,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -VIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WebPage -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WebPage parameter specifies the user's Web page. @@ -1480,7 +1480,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work on this cmdlet. @@ -1498,7 +1498,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WindowsEmailAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WindowsEmailAddress parameter specifies the Windows email address for this recipient. This is a common Active Directory attribute that's present in all environments, including environments without Exchange. Using the WindowsEmailAddress parameter on a recipient has one of the following results: diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-HistoricalSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-HistoricalSearch.md index 30a29a3eb4..509056304d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-HistoricalSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Start-HistoricalSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ This example starts a new historical search named "Fabrikam Search" that has the ### -EndDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The EndDate parameter specifies the end date of the date range. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportTitle -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReportTitle parameter specifies a descriptive name for the historical search. If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks ("). @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ReportType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ReportType parameter specifies the type of historical search that you want to perform. You can use one of the following values: @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -StartDate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The StartDate parameter specifies the start date of the date range. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BlockStatus -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BlockStatus parameter filters the results in OutboundSecurityReport reports by the status of messages sent externally, messages blocked due to security checks, or messages sent successfully. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -CompressFile -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill CompressFile Description }} @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ConnectorType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The ConnectorType parameter filters the results in ConnectorReport reports by the connector type. Valid values are: @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DeliveryStatus -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DeliveryStatus parameter filters the results by the delivery status of the message. You can use one of the following values: @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Direction -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Direction parameter filters the results by the direction of the message. Valid values are: @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DLPPolicy -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The DLPPolicy parameter filters the results by the name of the DLP policy that acted on the message. You can specify multiple DLP policies separated by commas. @@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionTemplate -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill EncryptionTemplate Description }} @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -EncryptionType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill EncryptionType Description }} @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Locale -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Locale parameter filters the results by the locale of the message. @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageId parameter filters the results by the Message-ID header field of the message. This value is also known as the Client ID. The format of the Message-ID depends on the messaging server that sent the message. The value should be unique for each message. However, not all messaging servers create values for the Message-ID in the same way. Be sure to include the full Message ID string (which might include angle brackets) and enclose the value in quotation marks (for example, ""). @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NetworkMessageID -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The NetworkMessageId parameter filters the message tracking log entries by the value of the NetworkMessageId field. This field contains a unique message ID value that persists across copies of the message that might be created due to bifurcation or distribution group expansion. An example value is 1341ac7b13fb42ab4d4408cf7f55890f. @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -NotifyAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The NotifyAddress parameter specifies the email addresses of internal recipients to notify when the historical search is complete. The email address must be in an accepted domain that's configured for your organization. You can enter multiple email addresses separated by commas. @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -OriginalClientIP -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The OriginalClientIP parameter filters the results by the original IP address of the message. For incoming messages, the OriginalClientIP value is the sender's IP address. For outgoing messages, the OriginalClientIP value is the IP address of the external SMTP server that received the message. @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RecipientAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The RecipientAddress parameter filters the results by the recipient's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. The maximum number of addresses is 100. @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: True ### -SenderAddress -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SenderAddress parameter filters the results by the sender's email address. You can specify multiple values separated by commas. The maximum number of addresses is 100. @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SmtpSecurityError -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SmtpSecurityError parameter filters the results in OutboundSecurityReport reports by the error type of blocked messages when sent externally. @@ -470,7 +470,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TLSUsed -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TLSUsed parameter filters the results in ConnectorReport reports by the TLS version. Valid values are: @@ -492,7 +492,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportRule -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TransportRule parameter filters the results by the name of the Exchange mail flow rule (also known as a transport rule) that acted on the message. You can specify multiple transport rules separated by commas. @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Url -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes {{ Fill Url Description }} diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-HistoricalSearch.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-HistoricalSearch.md index 52153100c5..5885c490c0 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-HistoricalSearch.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Stop-HistoricalSearch.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ This example stops the historical search that has the JobId value f9c66f83-b5c8- ### -JobId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The JobId parameter specifies the identity GUID value of the historical search that you want to stop. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md index ec8f3c76ba..cfa0285123 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-ApplicationAccessPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example tests access to the user RandomUser9911@AppPolicyTest2.com for the ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the recipient to test. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -AppId -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the GUID of the app that you want to test. To find the GUID value of an app, run the command Get-App | Format-Table -Auto DisplayName,AppId. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-IRMConfiguration.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-IRMConfiguration.md index 9d4926513f..0be37f4622 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-IRMConfiguration.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-IRMConfiguration.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailControl-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Sender -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Sender parameter specifies the email address of the sender to test. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Recipient -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Recipient parameter specifies the email address of the recipient to test. You can specify multiple email addresses separated by commas. @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -RMSOnline -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is available only in the cloud-based service. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md index f6dcd67b34..ed6631d63a 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-M365DataAtRestEncryptionPolicy.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.WebClient-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ This example tests the Microsoft 365 data-at-rest encryption policy named Contos ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Microsoft 365 data-at-rest encryption policy that you want to test. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the policy. For example: @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -DomainController -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-Message.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-Message.md index 5c20cf21d4..0fbf30ddca 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-Message.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-Message.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.ServerStatus-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ This example uses the test.eml message file at C:\Data to test mail flow rules a ### -Recipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Recipients parameter specifies the recipient email address to use for the test message. @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -SendReportTo -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The SendReportTo parameter specifies the target email address for the command results. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -TransportRules -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The TransportRules switch specifies that you want to test mail flow rules. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UnifiedDlpRules -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UnifiedDlpRules switch specifies that you want to unified DLP rules. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Force -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Force switch specifies whether to suppress warning or confirmation messages. You can use this switch to run tasks programmatically where prompting for administrative input is inappropriate. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -MessageFileData -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The MessageFileData parameter specifies the .eml message file to test. @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Sender -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Sender parameter specifies the sender email address to use for the test message. @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-OrganizationRelationship.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-OrganizationRelationship.md index 7067d1c473..a089dc9a1d 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-OrganizationRelationship.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-OrganizationRelationship.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example validates the organization relationship deployed in the fabrikam.co ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the organization relationship to be tested. You can use the following values: @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -UserIdentity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The UserIdentity parameter specifies the mailbox for which a delegation token is requested to access the external organization's configuration information. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-ServicePrincipalAuthorization.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-ServicePrincipalAuthorization.md index b40a761d80..01336bb8fe 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-ServicePrincipalAuthorization.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Test-ServicePrincipalAuthorization.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ This example tests the entitlement of the app named "DemoB", including which per ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the service principal that you want to test. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the service principal. For example: @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Resource -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Resource parameter specifies the target mailbox where the scoped permissions apply. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the mailbox. For example: @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Update-DistributionGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Update-DistributionGroupMember.md index 14bace8d2f..6536654ed7 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Update-DistributionGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Update-DistributionGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ This example replaces the existing members of the distribution group name Resear ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the distribution group or mail-enabled security group that you want to modify. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the group. For example: @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Members parameter specifies the recipients (mail-enabled objects) that replace the current group members. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the recipient. For example: @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Update-RoleGroupMember.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Update-RoleGroupMember.md index acba630242..31d2249b4b 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Update-RoleGroupMember.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Update-RoleGroupMember.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RolesAndAccess-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Mail-enabled security group: If you want to add or remove a mail-enabled securit ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the role group whose membership you want to modify. If the name of the role group contains spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks ("). @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The BypassSecurityGroupManagerCheck switch specifies whether to allow a user who isn't an owner of the group to modify or delete the group. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Members -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Members parameter specifies the mailboxes or mail-enabled USGs to add as a member of the role group. You can identify the user or group by the name, DN, or primary SMTP address value. You can specify multiple members separated by commas (`Value1,Value2,...ValueN`). If the value contains spaces, enclose the value in quotation marks (`"Value 1","Value 2",..."Value N"`). @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Security & Compliance, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch doesn't work in Security & Compliance PowerShell. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Upgrade-DistributionGroup.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Upgrade-DistributionGroup.md index 3a013933e6..9d6a8090ad 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Upgrade-DistributionGroup.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Upgrade-DistributionGroup.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.CalendarsAndGroups-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ActionType -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -ExecutingUser -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Organization -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes This parameter is reserved for internal Microsoft use. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Validate-OutboundConnector.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Validate-OutboundConnector.md index 1a4f895aa1..b59f4b2e82 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Validate-OutboundConnector.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Validate-OutboundConnector.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.TransportMailflow-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ This example tests the Outbound connector named Contoso.com Outbound Connector. ### -Identity -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Identity parameter specifies the Outbound connector that you want to test. You can use any value that uniquely identifies the connector. For example: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Recipients -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Recipients parameter specifies one or more email addresses to send a test message to. The email addresses need to be in the domain that's configured on the connector. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch. diff --git a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Write-AdminAuditLog.md b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Write-AdminAuditLog.md index 1d92073322..cb9dccc4f1 100644 --- a/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Write-AdminAuditLog.md +++ b/exchange/exchange-ps/ExchangePowerShell/Write-AdminAuditLog.md @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ --- -applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes author: chrisda external help file: Microsoft.Exchange.RecordsandEdge-Help.xml Locale: en-US @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ This example adds a comment to the administrator audit log. ### -Comment -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Comment parameter specifies the comment to add to the administrator audit log. The maximum length is 500 characters. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -Confirm -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The Confirm switch specifies whether to show or hide the confirmation prompt. How this switch affects the cmdlet depends on if the cmdlet requires confirmation before proceeding. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Accept wildcard characters: False ### -WhatIf -> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Exchange Online Protection +> Applicable: Exchange Server 2010, Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server 2016, Exchange Server 2019, Exchange Server SE, Exchange Online, Built-in security add-on for on-premises mailboxes The WhatIf switch simulates the actions of the command. You can use this switch to view the changes that would occur without actually applying those changes. You don't need to specify a value with this switch.